ProductOverview 2017 EN Low

Product overview
The Festo product range – always available

online or offline
Find your perfect solution quickly –
in our Online Shop  www.festo.com or in digital product catalogue on DVD
Our Online Shop offers you advantages around the

clock  www.festo.com
• The online advantage: always up to date, more engineering tools,

the spare parts catalogue and our Support Portal
• Select products with ease and confidence
• Price and delivery time always up to date
• Quick ordering – instant confirmation
• Optimum planning reliability – you have an overview of all delivery dates

and orders. Includes order tracking and delivery status display, even for
orders not made via the Online Shop.
• Fast data exchange – share baskets with colleagues/customers/suppliers
with access to the Online Shop.
• Error-free procurement – give your purchaser parts lists as a CSV file.
• Easy editing – conveniently download order confirmations, delivery notes

and invoices.
• Easy reordering – reorder previous orders with just a few clicks.
• Greater organisation and transparency – create stock labels using our free
Label Designer. Includes a product picture and further details such as
optimum ordering quantity for stock goods.
You can find details about our Online Shop here  www.festo.com/ols
Or select products offline quickly and with confidence – using the Festo product catalogue on DVD
System requirements Installation instructions
Minimum configuration Recommended configuration 1. Insert the DVD-ROM into the drive. If the setup program starts automati-
–– Intel Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz+ or –– PC, no more than 4 years old cally, continue with Step 5. If not:
AMD 2400 xp+ –– Laptop, no more than 2 years old 2. Select the Run command from the Start menu.
–– 1 GB RAM –– Dual-core CPU with 2 GHz 3. Enter the drive letter of your DVD-ROM drive followed by setup. exe. For
–– DVD-ROM drive –– 2 GB RAM example: d:\setup.exe
–– Screen resolution set to 1024 x –– DVD-ROM drive 4. Then click OK or Enter.
768 pixels –– Screen resolution set to 1280 x 5. Follow the instructions.
–– Operating system: Microsoft 1024 pixels
Windows Vista SP2 –– Operating system: Microsoft For further information (installation in a network, FAQs), please read
–– Browser: Microsoft Internet Windows Vista or Windows 7, 8 or Info_de.pdf on the DVD or write to us: dki@festo.com
Explorer 9 10 (32 or 64 bit) incl. all Windows
updates
–– Browser: Microsoft Internet
Explorer 11
Exclusion of liability
Festo provides this software to support you in the selection and ordering of Festo products. The data/results generated using the software are exclusively
intended to describe the products and do not constitute warranted properties in any legal sense. Festo accepts no liability for damages caused through the
use of this software, in particular in relation to consequential damage, whether personal injury, material damage or financial loss, directly related to the use
of this DVD-ROM.
Editorial 3
Online or offline 13
Online Shop
Festo Didactic
16
18 ¤
Pneumatic drives 19 1
Servo-pneumatic positioning systems 45 2
Electromechanical drives 49 3
Motors and controllers 54 4
Grippers 60 5
Handling systems 66 6
Vacuum technology 69 7
Valves 73 8
Valve terminals 101 9
Sensors 106 10
Vision systems 121 11
Compressed air preparation 123 12
Pneumatic connection technology 141 13
Electrical connection technology 152 14
Control technology and software 164 15
Other pneumatic devices 170 16
Process automation 173 17
Ready-to-install solutions 181 18
Function-specific systems 185 19
Services 186 20
Sales and service network – International

What must be taken into account when using Festo products?
189
191 ¥
2  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01
Dear customers,
Fast, flexible and productive – these are the keywords which character-
ise production today. They determine success or failure amidst increas-
ingly intense global competition.
As your partner, Festo provides you with competent support so that you
can achieve maximum productivity. For example with the new core
product range with more than 2200 components which cover up to 80%
of all automation tasks. These products are ready for dispatch in just
24 hours, are attractively priced, in the usual Festo quality and availa-
ble worldwide, even in large quantities.
New for the core product range are the additions to the individual valve
series, VUVG-…-S and VUVS-…-S, offering Festo quality at an attractive
Dr Ansgar Kriwet, price and worldwide availability. Just look for the =star!
Member of the Management Board, Sales
We are also preparing the future for you: quite a few of the components
in this catalogue, for example the automation platform CPX, have an
OPC UA interface. This puts you in the ideal position if you want to
invest in Industry 4.0.
Whether you are looking for a technically sophisticated system solution

or a very economical alternative for components, we are here to sup-
port you achieve your goal.
With Festo, you can rely on the four principles of security, simplicity,
efficiency, competency. Our experts will do everything to help you take
that step to maximum productivity.
Why not take advantage of this?
Best regards,
Dr Ansgar Kriwet
2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 3

¤
We drive automation for your success.

We are the partner to inspire you.
We shape the future together.
Festo: a partner in dialogue, a partner for maximum productivity.

More than ever before, success in our networked world depends on having the right partners. Experts
who make a valuable contribution to the achievement of your goals, who know your processes, quickly
understand and resolve your challenges – and make you more productive.
Take advantage of our expertise –

your engineers of productivity.

¤
Solutions for factory and process Partner for technical training and
automation development
The right solution for every requirement: Everything from a single source: from equip-
Festo provides products, systems and ser- ment for technical institutes to training and
vices for electric and pneumatic control and consultation for manufacturing companies.
drive technology.

¤
Stars of automation:
the new core product range from Festo

¤
=Marked with a star! Over 2200 products from our core product range are ready for dis-
patch from the Festo factory in 24 hours, even in large quantities. They span the entire elec-
trical and pneumatic control sequence, from drives to accessories, for factory automation as
well as for process automation.
They cover up to 80% of all automation tasks – at attractive prices and in the familiar Festo
quality. Available from 13 service centres around the world!

¤
Greater productivity worldwide!
Future-proof plants for the highest demands.
How can we make you even more productive? We are constantly asking ourselves this question. In addition
to having 13 service centres around the world, we have also made our own production future-proof – to
minimise the distance between our clients and us. That is precisely the goal of our plants in Scharnhausen,
Germany, Mason in Ohio, USA, and Jinan in China.
The same standards worldwide Keeping Industry 4.0 constantly in mind Anticipating future trends
All Festo plants continuously exchange informa- The comprehensive approach that Festo takes to An ability to adapt, maximum added value, the
tion and learn from each other. This so-called Industry 4.0 and the Internet of Things (IoT) sets best possible quality, speed, delivery reliability
Festo Value Production concept ensures the high- it apart. Customised products demand com- and short routes to the customer are the key
est possible standards globally – for the benefit pletely networked plants, intelligent automation ingredients for creating production environments
of our customers. The ongoing development of components and the development of intuitive that are fit for the future.
employees is also part of this concept and fits in interfaces between people and machines.
with Festo as a learning company too. However, these are not the only factors. The role
played by people in planning and production, and
ensuring they have the right training and compe-
tencies are just as important. Furthermore, engi-
neering processes will need to be implemented
faster and more intuitively in the future.
At the heart of Europe: the Scharnhausen Technology Plant in Germany. Its main goal is fast, flexible and reliable production through a smooth workflow.
For both highly automated volume production and for complex, customised products.

¤
Meeting customer needs In the region for the region: Jinan, China. The
One of the biggest trends in production today is advantages for the Asian automation market are
enhancing flexibility so that every new plant can fast response times, outstanding flexibility and
be quickly adapted to the latest requirements. proximity to customers.
Flexible production is needed to manage chang-
ing orders, fluctuating batch sizes, large numbers
of product variants, or the integration of new
products. A smooth workflow that avoids bottle-
necks in the value stream keeps production pro-
A central position in the Midwest: Mason in Ohio, cesses highly efficient and very reliable.
USA. 70% of customers are located within a Additionally, the majority of customers benefit
radius of 1,000 kilometres. from our plants’ proximity to their own produc-
tion sites – ensuring delivery is fast and direct.

¤
Factory automation – for optimal productivity
In everyday factory operations, typical tasks such as gripping, moving and
positioning part components, modules or complete products, are carried
out by Festo automation technology.
Fully integrated competitive edge

Our components and systems are used in production and assembly in a
wide range of industry sectors, including the automotive, semiconductor
and electronics industries.
The corresponding service and appropriate training make us the No. 1 part-
ner for our customers across their entire value chain.
Process automation – for safety during operation

Included in the industry segments for process automation are the water and
wastewater technology sector, biotech and pharmaceuticals, chemical
industry, laboratory automation, mining, as well as the food and beverage
industry. We also offer solutions for handling fluids, gases or solids in your
day-to-day processes.
Tailored industry solutions

We offer these industries centralised and decentralised automation con-
cepts for the production, transport, handling and disposal of fluid media.
With the support of an experienced team of experts, Festo is a competent

partner for the automation of individual process steps or complete systems.
Electric automation – optimised productivity in factory and process automation

An automation platform for factory and process automation
Our CODESYS controllers, primarily the control platform CPX with protection
to IP65, create unique advantages thanks to function integration and estab-
lish new standards in factory and process automation. This includes a
Management cost-effective overall concept, technical synergies and the advantages of
level decentralised installation as well as connection to Industry 4.0 thanks to
OPC UA.
Competency in intelligent automation

Control level Used by Festo: electric drive technology in core and auxiliary machine
processes – from linear motion up to motion control of decentralised
modules, from the simplest web-parameterised single axis up to the
Multi-Carrier-System.
Mechatronic complete solutions

Field level Mechatronic Motion Solutions provides you with a worldwide unique sys-
tem comprising components, modules, systems and software from Festo.
Sensor/actuator level It integrates all types of pneumatic, servo-pneumatic and (electro)mechani-
cal automation components and combines them according to your task. Irre-
spective of the control environment you use, Mechatronic Motion Solutions
always provides the appropriate interfaces.

¤ The systematically faster route to the right solution
It couldn’t be easier:
1. Select the product group you require from the Table of contents
 1.
For example: Electromechanical drives 49
2. Find the products you want on the product pages using the technical
features and descriptions.
3. The blue arrow directs you to the search term with which you can find
all product information and process your order on the Internet. Simply
add the search term or type to the Internet address. Example with
search term:
 www.festo.com/catalogue/spindelachse
Example with type:
 www.festo.com/catalogue/egc-bs
Are you already in the electronic product catalogue?

Enter the search term in the search field next to the magnifying glass.
You can also search offline. The electronic product catalogue can be found
on the enclosed DVD. Follow the installation instructions which you will find
on the inside cover of this catalogue.
The electronic product catalogue offers additional productivity-boosting

applications. See page 13 for more information.
Should you require individually tailored advice, you can find contact details
on pages 189 and 190.
=Quick ordering of selected basic designs

We make it easy for you! High level of availability
We have compiled a globally standardised core product range that not only In stock and ready for immediate dispatch:
offers you faster and easier selection, but also fast delivery. these products are available in no time at all.
It has been selected by Festo experts based on actual customer require-
ments and covers the main applications of automation technology, while More variety or individually configured? No problem!
offering the best possible value for money. If your requirements go beyond the main applications of automation tech-
nology or you need individually configurable products such as valve termi-
Products with a star: easy selection and fast delivery guaranteed nals, you can choose from the full spectrum of Festo’s automation portfolio
You can recognise these outstanding products at a glance: with all of its technological diversity. You can find these products in our elec-
they are marked in the catalogues with a star. tronic catalogue or online on our website and in the Online Shop.
=
You can benefit from these advantages whenever you need core pneu- At a glance:
matic and electrical functions. Wherever you see this symbol in our • Fast: ready for dispatch in 24 hours
printed or electronic catalogue, it identifies a selected product which is • Superb: Festo quality at an attractive price
perfect for the main applications of automation technology. The stars will • Easy: just a few clicks to place an order online
help you to find what you are looking for more quickly and place orders
more easily. These star products are generally in stock and ready for
immediate delivery.

Online or offline – get the ideal solution fast ¤
Online: Enter  www.festo.com in your web browser > Choose your Offline: Insert the DVD and install the product catalogue.
country … > Go. On the Homepage, select the “Products” menu. On the start page, click on the “Products” link.
From the product group to the product

There are three options available:
1. Click on a product group 1 or product photo. A selection of products
will then be displayed along with a list 2 of the technical features and
the selectable links 3:
–– “Engineering” starts the selection and calculation software
–– “Documentation” provides detailed information in PDF format
–– “Feature search” lets you further narrow down the product selection
2. Full text search: Enter your search term in the search field 5. This can
be made up of complete or partial keywords, part numbers, type codes
or names of favourites. Depending on your input, a selection of prod-
ucts as described in step 1 will be displayed or you will be taken
directly to the product you searched for.
3. Quick link: Use the quick link 4 to take you directly to the required
product by clicking on an order code.
Functions in the product configurator

1. Tab navigation 1
–– “Select features”: Select the appropriate features here
–– “Product list”: Lists all products in the product group
2. Input field for order code 2: Enter the exact order code here.
3. Other actions 3 which are available following a correct configuration:
–– “Add to basket”: Adds your product to the basket, see also section
“Exporting your basket” and “Managing your basket”
–– “2D/3D view”: Creates a CAD model, see the section “Viewing CAD
models”
–– “Accessories”: Lists suitable accessories
–– “Technical data”: Contains all the relevant technical data
–– “Display Overview”: Displays an overview of all selected models
4. Details 4: Here you will find information such as part number, price,
product graphic, product illustration and circuit symbol.
Selecting product features in the product configurator

1. Select the product features:
–– Navigate using the tabs 1.
–– Configure your product by selecting the required features 2 on the
tabs 1 running from left to right.
–– The tabs 1 give you a quick overview of all the selected features.
Missing features are marked with a blue exclamation mark and incor-
rect features are marked in red. Clicking on the feature takes you
directly to it, so that you can then change it.
2. Graphical representation 3: A dynamic graphic1) is created based on
your current configuration.
3. Add the product to your basket: Once the configuration is complete,
you can add products to the basket by clicking on “Add to basket”.
A message is displayed to confirm that the product has been added
successfully. To find out how to place an order, see section “Managing
your basket”.
1) Available for the valve terminal and service unit product groups.

¤ Online or offline – get the ideal solution fast
Online: Enter  www.festo.com in your web browser > Choose your Offline: Insert the DVD and install the product catalogue.
country … > Go. On the Homepage, select the “Products” menu. On the start page, click on the “Products” link.
Selecting product features in the product finder

1. Click on the blue button “Product finder” 1 and select the required
product group.
2. Select the required technical features in the selection field 2 on the
left-hand side.
3. Then click on a product photo. The configurator 3 opens with the
features you selected.
Engineering tools for appropriate products for your applications

1. Click on the blue button “Engineering” 1 and select the required
engineering tool.
This tool guides you step-by-step to the application simulation based on the
technical features you selected and suggests the appropriate products for
your application.
Finding the appropriate accessories quickly

1. Select the required features in the configurator.
2. Click on the “Accessories” button 1 on the right-hand side.
3. Select the required accessory from the accessories on offer 2.
The tool will take you to the appropriate accessory selection list.
Tip:
For some cylinder series you can find the appropriate accessories faster by
selecting “Recommended accessories” from the accessories on offer 2.
For some cylinder series you will also find “Recommended accessories” 3
after you have added your selection to the basket.

Online or offline – get the ideal solution fast ¤
Online: Please register as a user to use the functions described on this Offline: Registration is not required to use the functions on this page.
page.
My favourites
You can save as many product configurations as favourites as you want.
To display the list of all stored favourites 1:
–– Click on the “My favourites” tab 2. A table containing your saved favour-
ites is displayed. This shows the name of the favourite, part number, type
code and a button 4 for deleting the favourite.
–– Double-clicking on a row in the configuration opens the corresponding
configuration window 3.
–– You can sort your favourites by clicking on the column headings 5.
–– You can select multiple favourites and compare them by clicking on “Prod-
uct compare” in the field on the right 6.
Viewing CAD models

Clicking on the “2D/3D view” icon opens a window containing a CAD pre-
view of the product. The “Export” function lets you export the files to your
CAD system in the right format.
Exporting your basket …

1. … as a csv file: To do this, click on “Export” 1, choose “Save as” in the
new window and specify where you want to save it to. This file can then
be opened in Excel, for example, and edited.
2. … in your choice of format: To do this, click “Settings” 3 and specify
which information is to be exported.
Managing your basket

1. Upload the basket directly to the Online Shop and place your order:
To upload a basket directly to the Online Shop, simply click on “Export
to online basket” 2. An Internet connection is established and the
products are transferred to the online basket. After logging in via
“Login”, your net prices and delivery times are displayed. Now just
place your order and you’re done!
2. Place order: To place an order, simply print out your basket and send it
to Festo by fax or export it as an e-mail.
Online: The Support Portal

All product information can be accessed centrally  www.festo.com/sp

¤ Festo Online Shop
Round-the-clock benefits • One-step ordering process – no waiting times between request, pricing information and order.
• Complete overview of all orders – order tracking with search function, status display in lists and easy reordering.
• Share baskets – make your basket available to colleagues with access to the Online Shop.
• Download all documents for a complete basket – complete documentation for the selected products.
• Continuous availability – product information, documentation, prices, availability, ordering, etc.
• Reliable and secure procurement processes – import parts lists as a CSV file or by copying and pasting. Export to
Office applications.
Always in control When you register you have access to all the latest information on all the products and their availability at all
times
You will find the Online Shop at

 www.festo.com
Already registered? Then you can log in directly via  www.festo.com/login or by clicking on “Login”.
If you have not yet registered, open the registration form by clicking on “Register”.
Further information on the Festo Online Shop

 www.festo.com/ols

Partnership for a better automation solution ¤
Festo – partner for automation
Integrated information …
… is a prerequisite for successful pneumatic and electric automation.
That’s why Festo sees itself as a partner to its customers and maintains a
continuous dialogue with them to provide and exchange expert and compre-
hensive information.
Directly
• Worldwide consultation provided by more than 1,000 sales engineers and
project engineers with up-to-date product and industry knowledge
• Hotlines to answer all your questions
• Experts on components, modules, systems and industries
At events
• Over 120 trade fairs around the world each year
• Expotainer – the exhibition that comes to you
• Technology days – specialised presentations and exhibits concerning cur-
rent topics in the field of automation
• Automation lectures – a series of specialised presentations based on
actual practice for real applications
In printed form Electronically

• trends in automation – the customer magazine with application examples, • Always up-to-date:  www.festo.com
news and innovations from the world of automation technology • On the Internet or as a DVD-ROM: database-supported catalogue in
26 languages
Documentation • Spare parts catalogue
• The printed Festo catalogue. Automation in a compact volume and with a • Online Shop
clear structure • Engineering tools for easier and faster design and energy-efficient
• Industry catalogues solutions
• Manuals and operating instructions
• System descriptions and product overview posters
• Specialist literature
Everything can be found on our Support Portal at  www.festo.com/sp
Are you familiar with our basic and further training courses? Festo Didactic
brings together and promotes the transfer of expertise:
Festo Didactic  18.
After all, productivity begins with training.

¤ Festo Didactic
Festo Didactic is the world’s leading This can be seen in the range of
supplier to technical educational training courses on automation
institutions and provider of consult- technology offered by Festo Didac-
ing and training services to industry. tic: pneumatics or hydraulics, PLC
The product and service portfolio technology or networking of decen-
offers customers an integrated tralised components as well as
approach, covering all technological open- and closed-loop control of
areas of factory and process auto- systems. Customers therefore bene-
mation. As an innovation leader and fit twice, since the close cooperation
one of the world’s largest suppliers with Festo AG & Co. KG provides
of automation technology, Festo access to the latest devices and
sets benchmarks. systems. The content is delivered by
experienced trainers and is tailored
to each individual group of partici-
pants.
Selection of current training courses

AUT 511: Industry 4.0 – Interaction
of components and technologies Industry 4.0: Enabling the production of tomorrow
Industry 4.0 utilises a number of dif- The goal of Industry 4.0 is the smart factory. This is mainly characterised by its ability to produce customised
ferent technologies and integrates products at the same cost as mass-produced ones. This demands very stable processes and a high level of
these to form a complete system. adaptability. This cannot be achieved by technical solutions alone. Instead, it requires smart interactions
This is characterised by the intelli- between the ever expanding possibilities offered by technology, organisational structures that provide the nec-
gence of the individual components essary leeway and the knowledge and skills of employees.
and the fact that they can be net- The key to shaping these interactions is for individuals and the organisation to have the competencies that ena-
worked to form a smart factory. This ble them to apply the principles of self-organisation in open and unpredictable, complex and dynamic situations.
course uses the CP Lab and CP Fac- And from a technical, procedural and social point of view. Against this background, individual competencies that
tory to demonstrate how compo- were of little relevance before are gaining in importance as part of Industry 4.0. These include the ability to
nents within a complete production reflect and anticipate, as well as the ability to recognise patterns, to communicate at a complex level and to cre-
process can interact. At the same ate new ideas.
time, participants develop possible All our services are focused on developing technical, social and procedural competencies. We always combine
applications for integrating Industry the transfer of knowledge with the development of skills and the practical transfer to the participants’ working
4.0 into their lesson. environment, whether in public courses, company-specific training courses or during process-oriented consulta-
tion. This ensures that your employees can not only use Industry 4.0 technologies, but apply and develop them
in a targeted way to increase efficiency and performance in your company. You will find a small selection of these
courses on this page.
AUT 521: Industry 4.0 – Applica- TCM 231: Industry 4.0 – Strategic TCM 241: Industry 4.0 – Identifying PT 221- Bionic thinking – Agile
tions in operational practice competency management (assess- potential and developing your own development inspired by nature
Industry 4.0 offers users of intelli- ment) strategy Nature is adaptable, creative and
gent systems a range of applica- Industry 4.0 has a significant influ- The benefits of Industry 4.0 are well efficient. That is why Festo estab-
tions which could previously either ence on the work done in a com- known and are being emphasised lished the Bionic Learning Network:
not be implemented or only through pany. Activities and responsibilities more and more often. Nevertheless, to learn from nature’s rich treasures
laborious manual work. This change, new tasks emerge, old many decision makers are unsure as and get new inspiration for industry.
includes operating and maintaining tasks are dropped or become less there seem to be too many unan- You benefit from the wealth of expe-
the systems as well as planning, important. Integrating employees in swered questions. For example rience of the Bionic Learning Net-
controlling and tracking jobs and this process and preparing them about the benefits for the company work and learn how to apply bionic
controlling system operation. This properly for the demands of their of using Industry 4.0 solutions and approaches to the development of
course uses CP Lab and CP Factory new jobs requires more than train- the amortisation period for the nec- technical innovations. This one-day
to show examples of how such ing. Because it is not just knowl- essary investments; about whether event teaches bionics as an interdis-
applications can be used within a edge that is important, but ability there is an “absolute” Industry 4.0 ciplinary science. The participants
complete production process. At the plays a role too. And not just the and the extent to which Industry 4.0 learn about creative methods and
same time, participants develop ini- ability to do something, but also the solutions are needed. And about the apply them in practical exercises.
tial possible applications for inte- willingness to do so. The need for a consequences this may have. This This training course is especially
grating typical Industry 4.0 tasks strategic approach to the competen- workshop uses a fictitious case interesting for industrial product
into their lesson. cies required in the company for study and the VDMA Industry 4.0 and project managers, as well as
Industry 4.0 solutions therefore toolbox to answer these and other developers and innovation manag-
seems inevitable. questions. ers.
Detailed information as well as course dates, locations and costs:  www.festo-tac.com – Tel. +49 (0) 800/3378682

Pneumatic drives
Software tool Pneumatic drives
2017/01
1
Pneumatic sizing Perfect simulations replace expensive actual tests.
The tool is an expert system that supports you in the selection and configuration of
the entire pneumatic control chain. If one parameter is changed, the program auto-
matically adapts all the others.
This tool can be found
• either in the electronic catalogue by clicking on the blue button “Engineering”
• or on the DVD under Engineering Tools.
Festo Design Tool 3D The Festo Design Tool 3D is a 3D product configurator for generating specific CAD
FDT 3D product combinations from Festo. The configurator makes your search for the right
accessory easier, more reliable and faster.
You can then order the module that has been created with a single order code – ei-
ther completely pre-assembled or as individual parts in a single box. As a result,
your bill of materials is considerably shortened and downstream processes such as
product ordering, order picking and assembly are significantly simplified.
All ordering options are available in the following countries: AT, BE, CH, CZ, DE, DK,
ES, FI, FR, GB, HU, IE, IT, NL, NO, PL, RU, SE, SI, SK.
• either via the address: www.festo.com/FDT-3D in the above listed countries,
• or on the CD “FDT 3D” (part no. 135595 for the above listed countries)
• or on the DVD.

Pneumatic drives
1 Standards-based cylinders
Compact cylinders Compact cylinders Compact cylinders Compact cylinders,

ADN AEN ADN-EL Clean Design
CDC
Mode of operation Double-acting Single-acting, pushing, pulling Double-acting Double-acting
Piston diameter 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm,
25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm,
50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm 80 mm
100 mm, 125 mm 100 mm
Theoretical force at 51 … 7363 N 54 … 4416 N 188 … 4712 N 141 … 3016 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 1 … 25 mm 10 … 500 mm 1 … 500 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads Elastic cushioning rings/pads Elastic cushioning rings/pads Elastic cushioning rings/pads
at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends at both ends at both ends
pneumatic end-position cush-
ioning
Quick ordering of
selected basic designs =
Description • ISO 21287 • ISO 21287 • Mounting hole pattern to • ISO 21287
• Up to 50% less installation • Up to 50% less installation ISO 21287 • Up to 50% less installation
space than comparable space than comparable • With end-position locking at space than comparable
standards-based cylinders standards-based cylinders both ends, front or rear standards-based cylinders
to ISO 15552 to ISO 15552 • For position sensing to ISO 15552
• Piston rod with female or • Piston rod with female or • Piston rod with male or fe- • Easy-to-clean design
male thread male thread male thread • Increased corrosion protec-
• Wide range of variants for • Wide range of variants for tion
customised applications customised applications • Wide range of variants for
• For position sensing • For position sensing customised applications
• Piston rod with female or
male thread
• For position sensing
online: è adn aen adn-el cdc

Pneumatic drives
Standards-based cylinders 1
Ne
Ne
w
w
Standards-based cylinders Standards-based cylinders Standards-based cylinders Standards-based cylinder,
DSBC DSBG DSBG Clean Design
DSBF
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting Double-acting Double-acting
63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 320 mm 63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm,
125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 2800 mm 1 … 2800 mm 1 … 2700 mm 1 … 2800 mm
at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends, pneumatic cush- at both ends, self-adjusting
pneumatic end-position cush- pneumatic end-position cushioning adjustable at both ends pneumatic end-position cush-
ioning, pneumatic cushioning ioning, pneumatic cushioning ioning, pneumatic Cushioning,
adjustable at both ends adjustable at both ends adjustable at both ends
New • Optimised for low friction, • Optimised for low friction,
with clamping profile with tie rods
Quick ordering of
selected basic designs
=
Description • ISO 15552 (ISO 6431, • ISO 15552 (ISO 6431, • ISO 15552 (ISO 6431, • ISO 15552
VDMA 24562) VDMA 24562) VDMA 24562) • Increased corrosion protec-
• Self-adjusting pneumatic • Sturdy tie rod design • Sturdy tie rod design tion
end-position cushioning • Self-adjusting pneumatic • Pneumatic end-position • Easy-to-clean design
which adapts optimally to end-position cushioning cushioning, adjustable at • FDA-approved lubrication
changes in load and speed which adapts optimally to both ends and sealing on the basic
• Wide range of variants for changes in load and speed • Optionally without end-po- version
customised applications • Comprehensive range of sition cushioning, adjusta- • Long service life thanks to
• Comprehensive range of mounting accessories for ble at both ends, and posi- optional seal for unlubricat-
mounting accessories for just about every type of in- tion sensing, resulting in a ed operation
just about every type of installation price advantage • Self-adjusting pneumatic
stallation • For position sensing • New: optionally with spacer end-position cushioning
• For position sensing bolt attachment which adapts optimally to
• For position sensing changes in load and speed
online: è dsbc dsbg dsbg dsbf

Pneumatic drives
1 Standards-based cylinders
Standards-based cylinders Round cylinders Round cylinders

DNC DSNU ESNU
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting Single-acting, pushing
Piston diameter 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm,
100 mm, 125 mm 25 mm 25 mm
Theoretical force at 415 … 7363 N 23 … 295 N 19 … 271 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 2 … 2000 mm 1 … 500 mm 1 … 50 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both
ends, pneumatic cushioning adjustable ends, self-adjusting pneumatic end-posi- ends
at both ends tion cushioning, pneumatic cushioning
adjustable at both ends
Quick ordering of
Description • ISO 15552 (ISO 6431, VDMA 24562) • ISO 6432 • ISO 6432
• Wide range of variants for customised • Wide range of variants for customised • Wide range of variants for customised
applications applications applications
• Comprehensive range of mounting ac- • Good running performance and long • Good running performance and long
cessories for just about every type of service life service life
installation • Self-adjusting pneumatic end-position • Piston rod with female or male thread
• For position sensing cushioning which adapts optimally to • For position sensing
changes in load and speed
• Piston rod with male or female thread
online: è dnc dsnu esnu

Pneumatic drives
Round cylinders 1
Round cylinders Round cylinders Round cylinders

DSNU ESNU EG-PK
Mode of operation Double-acting Single-acting, pushing Single-acting, pushing
Piston diameter 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm 4 mm, 6 mm, 2,5 mm
Theoretical force at 482.5 … 1870.3 N 406 … 1765 N 1.9 … 11.8 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 1 … 50 mm 5 … 25 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both At one end, non-adjustable, no cushion-
ends, self-adjusting pneumatic end-posi- ends ing
tion cushioning, pneumatic cushioning
Description • Wide range of variants for customised • Wide range of variants for customised • Micro cylinder
applications applications • Barbed fitting for plastic tubing with
• Good running performance and long • Good running performance and long standard I. D.
service life service life • Without position sensing
• Self-adjusting pneumatic end-position • Piston rod with female or male thread
cushioning which adapts optimally to • For position sensing
• Piston rod with male or female thread
online: è dsnu esnu eg-pk

Pneumatic drives
1 Stainless-steel cylinders
Round cylinders Round cylinders Standards-based cylinders Round cylinders

CRDSNU, CRDSNU-B CRDSNU, CRDSNU-B CRDNG, CRDNGS CRHD
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting Double-acting Double-acting
25 mm 63 mm 63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm
125 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 1 … 500 mm 10 … 2000 mm 10 … 500 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads Elastic cushioning rings/pads Pneumatic Cushioning adjust- Pneumatic Cushioning adjust-
at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends, self-adjusting able at both ends able at both ends
pneumatic end-position cush- pneumatic end-position cush-
ioning, pneumatic cushioning ioning, pneumatic cushioning
adjustable at both ends adjustable at both ends
Description • ISO 6432 • Corrosion-resistant against • ISO 15552 (ISO 6431, • Corrosion-resistant against
• Corrosion-resistant against aggressive ambient condi- VDMA 24562) aggressive ambient condi-
aggressive ambient conditions • Corrosion-resistant against tions
tions • Easy-to-clean design aggressive ambient condi- • Easy-to-clean design, opti-
• Easy-to-clean design • Long service life thanks to tions mised for very exacting de-
• Long service life thanks to optional dry-running seal • Easy-to-clean design mands
optional dry-running seal • Wide range of variants for • Variants: through piston • Flexible design thanks to
• Wide range of variants for customised applications rod, heat-resistant design different end caps
customised applications • Self-adjusting pneumatic • Threaded mounting, mount- • Piston rod with male thread
• Self-adjusting pneumatic end-position cushioning ing via accessories • For position sensing
end-position cushioning which adapts optimally to • For position sensing
which adapts optimally to changes in load and speed
changes in load and speed • For position sensing
online: è crdnsu crdsnu crdng crhd

Pneumatic drives
Compact, short-stroke and flat cylinders 1
Compact cylinders Compact cylinders Compact cylinders Compact cylinders

ADN AEN ADNGF ADN-EL
Mode of operation Double-acting Single-acting, pushing, pulling Double-acting Double-acting
50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm
100 mm, 125 mm 100 mm 100 mm, Führungsstange mit
Joch
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 1 … 25 mm 1 … 400 mm 10 … 500 mm
at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends
ioning ioning
Quick ordering of
Description • ISO 21287 • ISO 21287 • Mounting hole pattern to • Mounting hole pattern to
• Up to 50% less installation • Up to 50% less installation ISO 21287 ISO 21287
space than comparable space than comparable • Piston rod secured against • With end-position locking at
standards-based cylinders standards-based cylinders rotation by a guide rod and both ends, front or rear
to ISO 15552 to ISO 15552 yoke plate • For position sensing
• Piston rod with female or • Piston rod with female or • Plain-bearing guide • Piston rod with female or
male thread male thread • Optionally with through pis- male thread
• Wide range of variants for • Wide range of variants for ton rod
customised applications customised applications • For position sensing
• For position sensing • For position sensing
online: è adn aen adngf adn-el

Pneumatic drives
1 Compact, short-stroke and flat cylinders
Compact cylinders, Short-stroke cylinders Compact cylinders Compact cylinders

Clean Design ADVC, AEVC ADVU, AEVU, AEVUZ ADVUL
CDC
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting, single-acting, Double-acting, single-acting, Double-acting
pushing pushing, pulling
Piston diameter 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm,
80 mm 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm,
63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm 100 mm, 125 mm, Square pis- 100 mm, Guide rod with yoke
ton rod
Theoretical force at 141 … 3016 N 4.9 … 4712 N 42 … 7363 N 51 … 4712 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 2.5 … 25 mm 1 … 2000 mm 1 … 400 mm
at both ends at both ends at both ends at both ends
Quick ordering of
Description • ISO 21287 • Mounting hole pattern to • 50% less installation space • Piston rod secured against
• Up to 50% less installation VDMA 24562 as of Ø 32 mm than comparable stand- rotation by a guide rod and
space than comparable • Very short overall length ards-based cylinders to yoke plate
standards-based cylinders • High forces in a compact ISO 15552 • Plain-bearing guide
to ISO 15552 size • Wide range of variants for • Optionally with through pis-
• Easy-to-clean design • Piston rod with female or customised applications ton rod
• Increased corrosion protec- male thread • Piston rod with female or • For position sensing
tion • For position sensing with male thread
• Wide range of variants for proximity sensor for T-slot • For position sensing
customised applications and for C-slot
• Piston rod with female or
male thread
online: è cdc advc advu advul

Pneumatic drives
Compact, short-stroke and flat cylinders 1
Flat cylinders Flat cylinders Flat cylinders

DZF DZH EZH
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting Single-acting, pushing
Piston diameter Oval piston, equivalent diameter 12 mm, Oval piston, equivalent diameter 16 mm, Rectangular piston rod, equivalent diam-
18 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, eter 3 mm, 6 mm, 12 mm, 22 mm
63 mm 63 mm
Theoretical force at 51 … 1870 N 104 … 1870 N 3.8 … 205 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 320 mm 1 … 1000 mm 10 … 50 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Pneumatic cushioning adjustable at both No cushioning
ends ends
Description • Extremely flat design • Flat design • Extremely flat design
• Protected against rotation thanks to • Protected against rotation thanks to • Protected against rotation thanks to
special piston shape special piston shape special piston shape
• Ideal for block assembly • Ideal for manifold assembly • Wide variety of mounting and attach-
• Wide variety of mounting and attach- • Wide variety of mounting and attachment options
ment options ment options • For position sensing
• Piston rod with male or female thread • Piston rod with male thread
online: è dzf dzh ezh
Cartridge cylinders and multimount cylinders
Multimount cylinders Cartridge cylinders

DMM, EMM EGZ
Mode of operation Double-acting, single-acting, pushing, pulling Single-acting, pushing
Piston diameter 10 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 6 mm, 10 mm, 16 mm
Theoretical force at 30 … 483 N 13.9 … 109 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 50 mm 5 … 15 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both ends No cushioning
Description • Wide variety of mounting and attachment options • Minimal fitting space
• Wide selection of piston rod variants • Installation with or without mounting components
• Piston rod with male thread • Piston rod with male thread
online: è dmm egz

Pneumatic drives
1 Cylinders with clamping unit
Standards-based cylinders with Compact cylinders with clamping Round cylinders with clamping
clamping cartridge cartridge cartridge
DSBC-C ADN-KP DSNU-KP
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting Double-acting
100 mm, 125 mm 63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm 25 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 10 … 2800 mm 10 … 500 mm 1 … 500 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both
ends, self-adjusting pneumatic end-posi- ends ends, self-adjusting pneumatic end-posi-
tion cushioning, pneumatic cushioning tion cushioning, pneumatic cushioning
adjustable at both ends adjustable at both ends
Description • Piston rod can be held in any position • Piston rod can be held in any position • Piston rod can be held in any position
• Piston rod can be held in position for • The piston rod can be held in position • The piston rod can be held in position
long periods even with alternating for long periods even with alternating for long periods even with alternating
loads, fluctuating operating pressure loads, fluctuating operating pressure loads, fluctuating operating pressure
or leaks in the system in the system or loss of pressure in the system or loss of pressure
• Standard hole pattern • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 21287 • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 6432
• Piston rod with male or female thread • Piston rod with female or male thread • For position sensing
online: è dsbc-c adn-kp dsnu-kp
Cylinders with clamping unit
Round cylinders with clamping Standards-based cylinders with Cylinders with clamping unit
cartridge clamping cartridge DNCKE
DSNU-KP DNC-KP
Piston diameter 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 40 mm, 63 mm, 100 mm
100 mm, 125 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 10 … 2000 mm 10 … 2000 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Pneumatic cushioning adjustable at both
ends, self-adjusting pneumatic end-posi- ends, pneumatic cushioning adjustable ends
tion cushioning, pneumatic cushioning at both ends
Description • Piston rod can be clamped in any posi- • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 15552 • Piston rod can be held and braked in
tion • The piston rod can be clamped in any any position
• The piston rod can be held in position position • Variant DNCKE-…-S approved for use in
for long periods even with alternating • The piston rod can be held in position safety-oriented parts of control sys-
loads, fluctuating operating pressure for long periods even with alternating tems
in the system or loss of pressure loads, fluctuating operating pressure • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 15552
• For position sensing in the system or loss of pressure • Piston rod with male thread
• Piston rod with male or female thread • For position sensing
online: è dsnu-kp dnc-kp dncke

Pneumatic drives
Rodless cylinders 1
Linear drives Linear drives Linear drives with heavy-duty Linear drives
DGC-K DGC-G, DGC-GF, DGC-KF guide SLG
DGC-HD
Piston diameter 18 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 8 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm, 25 mm, 18 mm, 25 mm, 40 mm 8 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm
40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm,
80 mm 63 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 8500 mm 1 … 8500 mm 1 … 5000 mm 100 … 900 mm
Cushioning Pneumatic cushioning adjust- Elastic cushioning rings/pads Shock absorber, hard charac- Elastic cushioning rings/pads
able at both ends at both ends, pneumatic cush- teristic curve, shock absorber, at both ends, shock absorber,
ioning, adjustable at both soft characteristic curve hard characteristic curve
ends, shock absorber, hard
characteristic curve, shock ab-
sorber, soft characteristic
curve
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor
Description • Compact design: 30% • Basic design, plain or recir- • For maximum loads and tor- • Extremely flat design
smaller than the basic de- culating ball bearing guide ques thanks to duo rail • Highest precision thanks to
sign DGC-G • All settings accessible from guide integrated recirculating ball
• Basic drive without guide, one side • Very good operating perfor- bearing guide
for simple drive functions • Optionally with variable end mance under torque load • Adjustable end stops
• Low moving dead weight stops and intermediate po- • Long service life • Wide range of supply ports
• Symmetrical design sition module • Ideal as a basic axis for line- • Available with intermediate
• Fully interchangeable with • Exchangeable with DGPL ar gantries and cantilever position module
linear drive DGP thanks to foot mountings axes
• Software tool available for • Wide range of options for
bearing calculation mounting on drive units
• Optional: NSF-H1 lubricant
for the food industry (See
supplementary information
on materials at
www.festo.com/sp > Certifi-
cates)
• Optional: clamping unit for
holding loads
online: è dgc-k dgc dgc-hd slg

Pneumatic drives
1 Rodless cylinders
Linear drives Linear drives Linear units

DGPL DGO SLM
63 mm, 80 mm 40 mm 40 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 10 … 3000 mm 10 … 4000 mm 10 … 1500 mm
Cushioning Pneumatic cushioning adjustable at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both
ends, shock absorber, hard characteristic ends, pneumatic cushioning adjustable ends, shock absorber, hard characteristic
curve at both ends curve
Position sensing Via proximity sensor, with attached dis- Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor, via inductive sen-
placement encoder, with integrated dis- sors
placement encoder
Description • Recirculating ball bearing guide or • Magnetic power transmission • Magnetic power transmission
heavy-duty guide • Pressure-tight and zero leakage • Recirculating ball bearing guide: com-
• High precision and load capacity • Dirt-proof and dust-proof bination of slide unit and rodless linear
• Wide range of variants for customised drive
applications • Individual choice of end-position cush-
ioning and sensing
online: è dgpl dgo slm
Software tool
Mass moment of inertia Juggling pencils and pocket calculators is now a thing of the past. Whether you
have discs, blocks, push-on flanges, grippers, etc., this tool does the job of calcu-
lating all the mass moments of inertia. Just save, send or print and you’re finished.

Pneumatic drives
Semi-rotary drives 1
Ne
w
Semi-rotary drives Semi-rotary drives Semi-rotary drives
DRVS DSM, DSM-B, DSM-HD-B DSR, DSRL
Size 6, 8, 12, 16, 25, 32, 40 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 25, 32, 40, 63 10, 12, 16, 25, 32, 40
Theoretical torque at 0.15 … 20 Nm 0.15 … 80 Nm 0.5 … 20 Nm
6 bar
Permissible mass mo- 6.5 … 350 kgcm² 6.5 … 5000 kgcm² 0 … 150 kgcm²
ment of inertia
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Without, via proximity sensor Without
Swivel angle 0 … 270° 0 … 270° 0 … 180°
New • With position sensor SRBS-Q1/Q12:
quick to mount and infinitely adjusta-
ble
• Push-on flange DARF and flange
mounting DAMF‒ versatile, quick and
easy to mount
Quick ordering of
Description • Double-acting semi-rotary drive with • Semi-rotary vane drive • Semi-rotary vane drive
rotary vane • With spigot shaft, hollow flanged • With spigot or hollow flanged shaft
• Lighter than other semi-rotary drives shaft, tandem rotary vane and spigot
• Fixed swivel angle, adjustable swivel shaft, tandem rotary vane and flanged
angle possible with the help of acces- shaft or heavy-duty bearing (HD)
sories
• Housing protected against splash wa-
ter and dust
online: è drvs dsm dsr
Semi-rotary drives
Ne
w
Semi-rotary drives Swivel/linear drive units

DRRD DSL
Size 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 35, 40, 50, 63 16, 20, 25, 32, 40
Theoretical torque at 0.2 … 112 Nm 1.25 … 20 Nm
6 bar
Permissible mass mo- 15 … 420000 kgcm² 0.35 … 40 kgcm²
ment of inertia
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor
Swivel angle 180° 0 … 272°
New • Additionally available, attachable drive shaft – for even
greater versatility when it comes to designing your connec-
tions
Quick ordering of
Description • Twin-piston rotary drive, power transmission via rack and • Rotary and linear motion can be controlled individually or si-
pinion principle multaneously
• Very high accuracy in the end positions • High repetition accuracy
• Very high bearing load capacity • With plain or recirculating ball bearing guide
• Very good axial run-out at the flanged shaft • Through piston rod
online: è drrd dsl

Pneumatic drives
1 Tandem and high-force cylinders
High-force cylinders Tandem cylinders

ADNH DNCT
Piston diameter 25 mm, 40 mm, 63 mm, 100 mm 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 100, mm 125 mm
Theoretical force at 1036 … 18281 N 898 … 14244 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 1 … 150 mm 2 … 500 mm
Description • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 21287 • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 15552
• Max. 4 cylinders can be combined • Max. 2 cylinders can be combined
• Thrust increase • Thrust and return force increase
• Only 2 connections are required to pressurise all cylinders • Piston rod with male thread
• Piston rod with male or female thread • For position sensing
online: è adnh dnct
Multi-position cylinders
Multi-position cylinder
ADNM
Piston diameter 25 mm, 40 mm, 63 mm, 100 mm
Theoretical force at 295 … 4712 N
6 bar, advancing
Max. total of all individ- 1000 mm, 2000 mm
ual strokes
Description • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 21287
• 2 … 5 cylinders can be combined
• Max. 5 positions can be approached
• Piston rod with female or male thread
online: è adnm

Pneumatic drives
Drives with slides 1
Mini slides Mini slides Mini slides

DGSC DGSL SLF
Piston diameter 6 mm 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 6 mm, 10 mm, 16 mm
20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm
Theoretical force at 17 N 17 … 483 N 17 … 121 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 10 mm 10 … 200 mm 10 … 80 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Short elastic cushioning rings/pads at Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both
ends both ends, no cushioning, elastic cush- ends
ioning rings/pads at both ends, elastic
cushioning rings/pads at both ends with
fixed stop, shock absorber, progressive,
at both ends, shock absorber, self-ad-
justing, progressive, at both ends, with
reducing sleeve
Position sensing None Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor
Quick ordering of
Description • Smallest guided slide unit on the mar- • High load capacity and positioning ac- • Flat design
ket curacy • Ball bearing cage guide
• Precision ball bearing cage guide: reli- • Maximum movement precision thanks • Versatile mounting options
able and high-quality process to ground-in ball bearing cage guide • Easy adjustment of end positions
• Long service life thanks to housing • Maximum flexibility thanks to 8 sizes
made from high-alloy steel • Reliable in the event of pressure drop
• Low break-away pressure and uniform thanks to clamping cartridge or
movement thanks to minimal friction end-position locking
of guide and seal • Wide variety of mounting and attach-
ment options
• Compact design
online: è dgsc dgsl slf
Drives with slides
Mini slides Mini slides Slide units

SLS SLT SPZ
Piston diameter 6 mm, 10 mm, 16 mm 6 mm, 10 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm 10 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 5 … 30 mm 10 … 200 mm 10 … 100 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Shock absorber at both ends, elastic Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both
ends cushioning rings/pads at both ends ends with metal fixed stop
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor
Description • Flat design • Powerful twin piston drive • Twin-piston drive
• Ball bearing cage guide • Ball bearing cage guide • High force with excellent protection
• Versatile mounting options • Versatile mounting options against rotation
• Easy adjustment of end positions • Plain or recirculating ball bearing
guides
• Widely spaced piston rods for high
load capacity
online: è sls slt spz

Pneumatic drives
1 Drives with guide rods
Guided drives Compact cylinders Compact cylinders Mini guided drives

DGRF ADNGF ADVUL DFC
Piston diameter 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 10 mm
40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm,
50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm,
100 mm 100 mm
Theoretical force at 189 … 1870 N 68 … 4712 N 51 … 4712 N 7.5 … 47 N
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 10 … 400 mm 1 … 400 mm 1 … 400 mm 5 … 30 mm
at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends, self-adjusting at both ends at both ends
ioning, pneumatic cushioning ioning
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Without, via proximity sensor
Description • Easy-to-clean design • Mounting hole pattern to • Piston rod secured against • Smallest guided drive
• Increased corrosion protec- ISO 21287 rotation by a guide rod and • High precision and load ca-
tion • Piston rod secured against yoke plate pacity
• FDA-approved lubrication rotation by a guide rod and • Plain-bearing guide • Minimal space requirement
and sealing on the basic yoke plate • Optionally with through pis- • Drive and guide unit in a
design • Plain-bearing guide ton rod single housing
• Hygienic mounting of the • Optionally with through pis- • For position sensing • Plain or recirculating ball
sensors possible ton rod bearing guides
• Compact design with high • For position sensing
guide precision and load
capacity
• Long service life thanks to
optional seal for unlubricat-
ed operation
• Self-adjusting pneumatic
end-position cushioning
which adapts optimally to
online: è dgrf adngf advul dfc

Pneumatic drives
Drives with guide rods 1
Guided drives Twin-piston cylinders Twin-piston cylinders Linear units

DFM, DFM-B DPZ DPZJ SLE
25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 25 mm, 32 mm 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm,
50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm
100 mm
6 bar, advancing
Stroke 10 … 400 mm 10 … 100 mm 10 … 100 mm 10 … 500 mm
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads Elastic cushioning rings/pads Elastic cushioning rings/pads Shock absorber, hard charac-
at both ends, pneumatic cush- at both ends at both ends teristic curve
ioning, adjustable at both
ends, shock absorber, soft
characteristic curve
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor, via in-
ductive sensors
Quick ordering of
Description • Drive and guide unit in a • Twin pistons provide twice • With yoke plate on rear of • Combination of guide unit
single housing the force in half the space cylinder for higher lateral and standards-based cylin-
• High resistance to torques • Plain or recirculating ball forces and precision der
and lateral forces bearing guides • Twin pistons provide twice • Multi-axis and drive combi-
• Plain or recirculating ball • Precision stroke adjustment the force in half the space nations
bearing guides in the end position • Plain or recirculating ball • Recirculating ball bearing
• Wide variety of mounting bearing guides guide
and attachment options • Precision stroke adjustment
• Wide range of variants for in the end position
customised applications
online: è dfm dpz dpzj sle

Pneumatic drives
1 Stopper cylinders
Stopper cylinders Stopper cylinders Stopper cylinders

DFSP DFST STAF
Piston diameter 16 mm, 20 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm 32 mm, 80 mm
Impact force 710 … 6280 N 3000 … 6000 N 480 … 14600 N
Stroke 5 … 30 mm 30 … 40 mm 20 … 40 mm
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor
Toggle lever position Via inductive sensor
sensing
Description • Trunnion version with/without female • Toggle lever design • Roller version, toggle lever design
thread, with/without protection • Integrated, adjustable shock absorber • Absorption of high lateral forces
against rotation for smooth and adapted stopping • Direct mounting of solenoid valves on
• Roller version with protection against • Up to 800 kg impact load flange plate
rotation • For position sensing on the piston
• Compact design • Lever locking mechanism
• Sensor slots on 3 sides • Toggle lever deactivator
• Long service life thanks to very good
cushioning characteristics and sturdy
piston rod guide
• Workpiece carriers, pallets and pack-
ages weighing up to 90 kg can be safe-
ly stopped
online: è dfsp dfst staf
Clamping cylinders
Clamping modules
EV
Clamping area Ø12 mm, Ø16 mm, Ø20 mm, Ø25 mm, Ø32 mm, Ø40 mm, Ø50 mm, Ø63 mm, 10x30 mm, 15x40 mm, 15x63 mm, 20x75 mm,
20x120 mm, 20x180 mm
Stroke 3 … 5 mm
Description • Compact rodless cylinder with diaphragm
• Single-acting, with reset function
• Flat design
• Hermetically sealed
• Pressure plates and foot mounting as accessories
online: è ev

Pneumatic drives
Linear/swivel clamps 1
Linear/swivel clamps
CLR
Piston diameter 12 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm
Theoretical clamping 51 … 1682 N
force at 6 bar
Clamping stroke 10 … 50 mm
Swivel angle 90° +/- 2°, 90° +/- 3°, 90° +/- 4°
Description • Swivelling and clamping in one step
• Adjustable swivel direction
• Clamping fingers as accessories
• Optionally with dust and welding spatter protection
• Double-acting
online: è clr
Hinge cylinders
Ne
w
Hinge cylinders
DFAW
Piston diameter 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm
Stroke 10 … 200 mm
6 bar, advancing
Position sensing Via proximity sensor
Cushioning Self-adjusting pneumatic end-position cushioning
New • Variants with clamping unit
Description • Clamping of components during the welding process
• Double-acting
• Easy to mount thanks to swivel bearing on the bearing cap
• Integrated flow control
• Integrated, self-adjusting end-position cushioning
• Variants with clamping unit
online: è dfaw

Pneumatic drives
1 Bellows cylinders
Bellows cylinders
EB
Size 80, 145, 165, 215, 250, 325, 385
Description • Use as a spring element or for reducing oscillations
• Single- or double-bellows cylinder
• High forces with a short stroke
• Uniform movement: no stick-slip effect
• Use in dusty environments or in water
• Maintenance-free
online: è eb
Fluidic muscles
Fluidic muscles Fluidic muscles

DMSP MAS
Size 5, 10, 20, 40 10, 20, 40
6 bar
Nominal length 30 … 9000 mm 40 … 9000 mm
Max. contraction 25% of nominal length, 20% of nominal length 25% of nominal length
Description • With press-fitted connection • With screwed connection
• Up to 30% less weight: a superb force/weight ratio • Optionally with force retention
• Single-acting, pulling • Single-acting, pulling
• Three integrated adapter variants • Use of customised mounting options
• 10 times the initial force of a comparable pneumatic cylinder • 10 times the initial force of a comparable pneumatic cylinder
• Uniform movement: no stick-slip effect • Uniform movement: no stick-slip effect
• Hermetically sealed design offers protection against dust, • Hermetically sealed design offers protection against dust,
dirt and fluids dirt and moisture
online: è dmsp mas

Pneumatic drives
Software tool 1
Rotary indexing table This tool helps you to select the right rotary indexing table of the type DHTG from
Festo for your application. Let yourself be guided by the program – enter the gener-
al parameters and you will receive at least one suggestion for the product best suit-
ed to your application.
Rotary indexing tables
Ne
w
Rotary indexing tables
DHTG
Size 65, 90, 140, 220
Theoretical torque at 2.1 … 58.9 Nm
6 bar
Indexing 2 … 24
New • Throughfeed for pneumatic and electrical energy
Description • For swivelling or separating tasks
• Sturdy mechanical system
• Easy planning and commissioning
• Rotary table diameters: 65, 90, 140, 220 mm
• Free control of rotational direction
online: è dhtg
Linear actuators for process automation

Ne
w
Linear actuators with displacement encoder Linear actuators with displacement encoder Copac linear actuator
DFPI DFPI-NB3P DLP
Design Piston rod, cylinder barrel Piston rod, cylinder barrel Piston rod
Size of valve actuator 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320
Flange hole pattern F07, F10, F14
Operating pressure 3 … 8 bar 3 … 8 bar 2 … 8 bar
Ambient temperature −20 … 60 °C −20 … 80 °C −20 … 80 °C
New • Additional versions to ISO 15552
Description • Closed-loop controlled actuator for all line- • Standards-based linear actuators to • NAMUR port pattern for sole-
ar process valves ISO 15552 noid valves to VDI/VDE 3845
• Optionally with integrated positioner and • Easy connection to external positioners • Integrated air supply
valve block • Ideal for use in harsh ambient conditions • Connection for process valves
• Positional feedback via analogue • IP65, IP67, IP69K, NEMA4 to DIN 3358
4 … 20 mA signal for simple diagnostics • ATEX 2GD certification
• Easy integration into existing control archi-
tecture
• Sturdy and compact housing for use out-
doors
• Connection for process valves to DIN 3358
online: è dfpi dfpi dlp

Pneumatic drives
1 Quarter turn actuators for process automation
Ne
w
Quarter turn actuators Quarter turn actuators
DFPD DAPS
Design Rack and pinion Scotch yoke system
Mode of operation Double-acting, single-acting Double-acting, single-acting
Size of valve actuator 10, 20, 40, 80, 120, 160, 240, 300, 480 0008, 0015, 0030, 0053, 0060, 0090, 0106, 0120, 0180, 0240,
0360, 0480, 0720, 0960, 1440, 1920, 2880, 3840, 4000, 5760,
8000
Flange hole pattern F03, F04, F05, F0507, F0710, F1012 F03, F04, F05, F07, F10, F12, F14, F16, F25
Operating pressure 2 … 8 bar 1 … 8.4 bar
Ambient temperature −50 … 150 °C −50 … 150 °C
New • New series
Quick ordering of
Description • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid valves to VDI/VDE 3845 • High break-away torques
• Flange hole pattern to ISO 5211 • Approved in accordance with Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX)
• Uniform torque characteristic across the entire rotation an- • Flange hole pattern to ISO 5211
gle range of 90° • Mounting hole pattern to VDI/VDE 3845
• Mounting hole pattern to VDI/VDE 3845 • Available with handwheel as a manual emergency override
• Increased corrosion protection • Corrosion-resistant variant made from stainless steel
online: è dfpd daps
Cylinder/valve combinations
Standards-based cylinders
DNC-V
Mode of operation Double-acting
Piston diameter 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm
6 bar, advancing
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both ends, pneumatic Cushioning, adjustable at both ends
Description • Mounting hole pattern to ISO 15552
• Assembled and fitted with tubing ready for connection
• Particularly suitable for decentralised use in larger systems
• Valve variants: single or double solenoid valves, mounted on the right or left
• Wide range of variants for customised applications
online: è dnc-v

Pneumatic drives
Software tool 1
Shock absorbers Whether diagonal or vertical, curved or straight, lever or disc, all types of cush-
ioned movements are taken into account. The software tool always recommends
the best shock absorber.
Shock absorbers
Shock absorbers Shock absorbers Shock absorbers Shock absorbers

DYSR YSR-C YSRW YSRW-DGC
Stroke 8 … 60 mm 4 … 60 mm 8 … 34 mm
Max. energy absorption 4 … 384 J 0.6 … 380 J 1.3 … 70 J
per stroke
Cushioning Adjustable Self-adjusting Self-adjusting, soft character- Self-adjusting, soft character-
istic curve istic curve
Description • Hydraulic shock absorber • Hydraulic shock absorber • Hydraulic shock absorber • For linear drives DGC
with spring return with path-controlled flow with path-controlled flow • Gently increasing cushion-
• Adjustable cushioning hard- control function control function ing force curve
ness • Rapidly increasing cushion- • Gently increasing cushion- • Sizes: 12, 18, 25, 32, 40, 50,
ing force curve ing force curve 63
• Short cushioning stroke • Long cushioning stroke
• Suitable for rotary drives • Suitable for low-vibration
operation
• Short cycle times possible
online: è dysr ysr-c ysrw ysrw-dgc

Pneumatic drives
1 Shock absorbers
Shock absorbers Shock absorbers Shock absorbers

YSRWJ DYEF-Y1, DYEF-Y1F DYSC
Stroke 8 … 14 mm 0.9 … 7 mm 4 … 25 mm
Max. energy absorption 1 … 3 J 0.005 … 1.2 J 0.6 … 100 J
per stroke
Cushioning Self-adjusting, soft characteristic curve Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both Self-adjusting
ends with metal fixed stop, elastic cush-
ioning rings/pads at both ends without
metal fixed stop
Description • Cushioning with self-adjusting, pro- • Mechanical shock absorber with flexi- • Hydraulic shock absorber with
gressive hydraulic shock absorber ble rubber buffer path-controlled flow control function
• Gently increasing cushioning force • Elastic rubber buffer allows a defined • Rapidly increasing cushioning force
curve metal end position curve
• Adjustable cushioning stroke • Adjustable cushioning hardness • Short cushioning stroke
• End-position sensing with proximity • Ideal for cushioning low energy • Suitable for rotary drives
sensor SME/SMT-8 • With precise metal end position • With metal fixed stop
• Precision end-position adjustment
online: è ysrwj dyef dysc
Shock absorbers
Shock absorbers Hydraulic cushioning cylinders

DYSW DYHR
Stroke 6 … 20 mm 20 … 60 mm
Max. energy absorption 0.8 … 12 J 32 … 384 J
per stroke
Cushioning Self-adjusting, soft characteristic curve Adjustable
Description • Hydraulic shock absorber with path-controlled flow control • Hydraulic cushioning cylinder for constant, slow braking
function speeds across the entire stroke
• Gently increasing cushioning force curve • Braking speed can be precisely adjusted
• Long cushioning stroke • Built-in compression spring returns the piston rod to the ini-
• Suitable for low-vibration operation tial position
• Short cycle times possible • Suitable for slow feed speeds in the range up to 0.1 m/s
• With metal fixed stop
online: è dysw dyhr

Pneumatic drives
Accessories for pneumatic drives 1
Guide units Guide axes Guide axes Clamping cartridge

FEN, FENG DGC-FA FDG KP
Size 8/10, 12/16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 8 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm, 25 mm, 18, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
50, 63, 80, 100 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm,
63 mm
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 1 … 8500 mm 1 … 4500 mm
Round material to be 4 … 32 mm
clamped
Static holding force 80 … 7500 N
Description • For protecting stand- • Without drive • Without drive • For in-house assembly of
ards-based cylinders • With recirculating ball bear- • With recirculating ball bear- clamping units
against rotation at high ing guide ing guide • Not certified for use in safe-
torque loads • With guide and freely mova- • With guide and freely mova- ty-relevant control systems
• Plain or recirculating ball ble slide unit ble slide unit
bearing guides • Increased torsional resist- • Increased torsional resist-
• High guide precision for ance ance
workpiece handling • Reduced vibrations with dy- • Reduced vibrations with dy-
namic loads namic loads
• For supporting force and • For supporting force and
torque capacity in multi-axis torque capacity in multi-axis
applications applications
online: è fen dgc-fa fdg kp
Accessories for pneumatic drives
Clamping units Clamping units, clamping Mounting attachments Piston rod attachments
KPE, KEC, KEC-S components
DADL
Size 16, 20, 25, 32, 35, 40, 50, 63
Stroke
Round material to be 4 … 32 mm
clamped
Static holding force 80 … 8000 N
Quick ordering of
selected basic designs = =
Description • KPE: ready-to-install combi- • Clamping unit DADL-EL: for • Mounting kits DARQ • Rod clevises SG, CRSG
nation of clamping cartridge semi-rotary drive DRRD, for • Direct mountings • Rod eyes SGS
KP and housing mechanical locking in the • Foot mountingsFlange • Coupling pieces KSG
• KEC: for use as a holding end positions to prevent un- mountings • Self-aligning rod couplers
device (static application) wanted movement in un- • Swivel mountings FK
• KEC-S: for safety-related ap- pressurised condition • Clevis feet LNG, trunnion • Adapters AD
plications • Clamping component DADL- supports LNZ
EC: for semi-rotary drive • Slot nuts NST/NSTL
DRRD, for securing an inter- • Centring pins/sleeves NSTH
mediate position in combi-
nation with the clamping
unit DADL-EL
• Without drive
online: è kpe dadl n_015001 n__03150

Pneumatic drives
1 Customised components – for your specific requirements

Drives with customised designs
Can’t find the pneumatic drive you need in our catalogue? We can offer you custom-
ised components that are tailored to your specific requirements – from minor product
modifications to complete new product developments. Common product modifica-
tions:
• Materials for special ambient conditions
• Customised dimensions
• Special strokes
• Customised mounting options
• Implementation of special cylinder functions (cylinder/valve combinations, sin-
gle-acting principle, etc.)
Many additional variants are possible. Ask your Festo sales engineer, who will be hap-
py to help.
Further information on customised components can be found on your local website
 www.festo.com

Servo-pneumatic positioning systems ¤
Software tool Servo-pneumatic positioning systems
2017/01
Soft Stop Soft Stop virtually makes the impossible possible. Travel times are reduced by as
much as 30% for pneumatic drives and vibration is also greatly reduced. The selec- 2
tion program performs all of the necessary calculations.
Linear drives with displacement encoder
Linear drives with Standards-based cylinders Standards-based cylinders Linear drives with
displacement encoder with displacement encoder with displacement encoder displacement encoder
DDLI DDPC DNCI DGCI
Piston diameter 25, 32, 40, 63 80, 100 32, 40, 50, 63 18, 25, 32, 40, 63
Theoretical force at 295 ... 1870 N 3016 ... 4712 N 415 ... 1870 N 153 ... 1870 N
6 bar, advancing
Max. load, horizontal 30... 180 kg 300 ... 450 kg 45 ... 180 kg 300 ... 450 kg
Max. load, vertical 10 ... 60 kg 100 ... 150 kg 15 ... 60 kg 100 ... 150 kg
Stroke 100 ... 2000 mm 10 ... 2000 mm 10 ... 2000 mm 100 ... 2000 mm
Description • Based on linear drive DGC-K • Standards-based cylinder to • Standards-based cylinder to • With guide
• Without guide ISO 15552 ISO 15552 • With displacement encoder
• With displacement encoder • With displacement encoder • With integrated displace- for absolute and contactless
for contactless measure- for contactless measurement encoder for relative measuring
ment ment analogue, contactless • Suitable for servo-pneumat-
• Suitable for positioning with • Suitable for positioning with measurement ic applications with axis
axis controller CPX-CMAX axis controller CPX-CMAX • Suitable for servo-pneumat- controller CPX-CMAX,
• Suitable for end-position • Suitable for end-position ic applications with axis end-position controller CPX-
control with end-position control with end-position controller CPX-CMAX, CMPX or SPC11 and meas-
controller CPX-CMPX or controller CPX-CMPX or end-position controller CPX- uring module CPX-CMIX
SPC11 SPC11 CMPX or SPC11 and meas- • Supply ports optionally on
• Can be used as a measuring • Can be used as a measuring uring module CPX-CMIX end face or front
cylinder cylinder • Piston rod with male thread
• Supply ports on end face • Piston rod variants • Piston rod variants
• Fixed cushioning
online: è ddli ddpc dnci dgci

¤ Servo-pneumatic positioning systems
Semi-rotary drives with displacement encoder
Semi-rotary drives with angular displacement encoder

DSMI
Piston diameter 25, 40, 63
Theoretical torque at 5 ... 40 Nm
6 bar
Max. mass moment of 0.03 ... 0.6 kgm²
inertia, horizontal
Max. mass moment of 0.03 ... 0.6 kgm²
inertia, vertical
Swivel angle 0 ... 272°
Description • With rotary vane
• Integrated rotary potentiometer
• Suitable for servo-pneumatic applications with axis controller CPX-CMAX, end-position controller CPX-CMPX or SPC11 and
measuring module CPX-CMIX
• Compact design
online: è dsmi
Axis controllers
Axis controllers End-position controllers End-position controllers

CPX-CMAX CPX-CMPX SPC11
No. of axis strings 1 1 1
Axes per string 1 1 1
Description • Axis controller as CPX module, sup- • Electronic end-position control for • Quickly and smoothly into the end po-
ports pneumatic drives with piston pneumatic drives sition with two additional intermediate
rod, rodless drives and semi-rotary • Soft Stop for smooth braking and positions
drives quick acceleration • Electronic end-position cushioning
• Force and position control • Use with all fieldbus/Ethernet availa- • Quick and easy commissioning: config-
• Use with all fieldbus/Ethernet and con- ble on CPX ure, teach, done
trollers CEC available on CPX • Easy commissioning with Festo plug • Supports pneumatic drives with piston
• Easy commissioning thanks to auto and work rod, rodless drives and semi-rotary
identification function • Approx. 30% shorter travel times and drives
• Rapid commissioning and comprehen- 30% less air consumption than with
sive diagnostics with the parameteri- comparable standard pneumatics
sation software FCT
online: è cpx-cmax cpx-cmpx spc11

Servo-pneumatic positioning systems ¤
Displacement encoders
Displacement encoders Displacement encoders Displacement encoders

MLO-POT-TLF MLO-POT-LWG MME-MTS-TLF
Stroke 225 ... 2000 mm 100 ... 750 mm 225 ... 2000 mm
Measuring principle of Analogue Analogue Digital
displacement encoder
Output signal Analogue Analogue CAN protocol type SPC-AIF
Displacement resolution 0.01 mm 0.01 mm <0.01 mm
Description • Conductive plastic potentiometer • Connecting rod potentiometer • Measuring principle: magnetostrictive
• Absolute measurement with high reso- • Absolute measurement with high reso- • Contactless with absolute measure-
lution lution ment
• High travel speed and long service life • Long service life • High travel speed
• Several mounting options on pneumat- • High protection class • System product for servo-pneumatic
ic linear drives DGPL • Plug-in connections positioning technology and Soft Stop
• Plug-in connections
online: è mlo mlo mme
Proportional valves
Proportional directional control valves Proportional directional control valves

VPWP MPYE
Valve function 5/3-way proportional directional control valve, closed 5/3-way, closed
Pneumatic port 1 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5
Operating pressure for 4 ... 8 bar
positioning/Soft Stop
Operating pressure 0 ... 10 bar 0 ... 10 bar
Standard nominal flow 350 ... 2000 l/min 100 ... 2000 l/min
rate
Description • Regulated piston spool valve • Regulated piston spool valve
• Digital actuation • Analogue actuation
• Integrated pressure sensors for monitoring function and • Setpoint input as analogue voltage signal (0 … 10 V)
force control • Suitable for servo-pneumatic applications with SPC11
• With auto identification
• Diagnostic function
• Integrated digital output, e. g. for a clamping/brake unit
• Suitable for servo-pneumatic applications with CPX-CMAX
and CPX-CMPX
online: è vpwp mpye

¤ Servo-pneumatic positioning systems
Sensor interfaces
Sensor interfaces Measured-value transducers

CASM DADE
Diagnostic function Display via LED Display via LED
Electrical connection, M12, socket, 8-pin, 5-pin M12, socket, 8-pin
Electrical connection, M9, plug connector, 5-pin
control interface
Control interface Digital, CAN bus with Festo protocol, without terminating re-
sistor
Description • For actuating pneumatic positioning drives with the latest • For standards-based cylinders DNCI and DDPC
servo-pneumatic systems such as CPX-CMAX, CPX-CMPX • Converts sensor signals into voltage or current signals
and CPX-CMIX • Diagnostic display via LED
• Short cables for analogue signals, secure digitised bus • Mounting via through-holes
transmission
• Convenient plug and work concept with auto identification
and comprehensive diagnostics
• High protection class IP67
online: è casm dade

Electromechanical drives ¤
Software tool Electromechanical drives
2017/01
PositioningDrives Which electromechanical linear drive best meets your needs? Enter the data for
your application, such as position values, effective loads and mounting position,
and the software suggests a number of solutions.
• either in the electronic catalogue by clicking on the blue button “Engineering” 3
Linear drives and slide units
Electric cylinders Electric cylinders Spindle axes Toothed belt axes

EPCO ESBF EGC-BS EGC-HD-TB
Size 16, 25, 40 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 70, 80, 120, 185 125, 160, 220
Max. feed force Fx 50 … 650 N 1000 … 17000 N 300 … 3000 N 450 … 1800 N
Repeat accuracy +/−0.02 +/−0.01, +/−0.015, +/−0.05 +/−0.02
Stroke 1 … 400 mm 100 … 400 mm 50 … 3000 mm 50 … 5000 mm
Description • Linear drive with perma- • Available as spindle drive • Recirculating ball bearing • With heavy-duty guide
nently attached motor with ball screw (size guide for high loads and tor- • For maximum loads and tor-
• With ball screw 32 … 100) or lead screw ques ques and high feed forces
• Optional: encoder, holding (size 32 … 50) • Optionally with clamping • Precise and resilient DUO
brake and female thread on • Optional: high corrosion unit, at one or both ends guide
the piston rod protection, protection class • Profile with optimised rigidi- • Motor can be mounted on
• Two different spindle pitch- IP65, suitable for use in the ty any one of 4 sides
es for high force or high food industry (see supple- • Various spindle pitches
speed mentary information on ma- • The spindle support ena-
• Suitable for simple applica- terials at www.festo.com/sp bles maximum travel speed
tions in factory automation > Certificates), piston rod • Axial or parallel motor
that in the past were mostly extension mounting
carried out using pneumatic • Ball screw: three spindle
solutions pitches make it possible to
• Cost-optimised select the optimal force-
• Precision and backlash-free speed ratio
guide • Ball screw: high rigidity and
precision
• Axial or parallel motor
mounting
online: è epco esbf egc egc
2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/…z 49

¤ Electromechanical drives
Linear drives and slides
3 Toothed belt axes Spindle axes Mini slides Mini slides

EGC-TB EGC-HD-BS EGSL SLTE
Size 50, 70, 80, 120, 185 125, 160, 220 35, 45, 55, 75 10, 16
Max. feed force Fx 50 … 2500 N 300 … 1300 N 75 … 450 N
Repeat accuracy +/−0.08, +/−0.1 +/−0.02 +/−0.015 +/−100.000
Stroke 50 … 8500 mm 50 … 2400 mm 50 … 300 mm 50 … 150 mm
Description • Recirculating ball bearing • With heavy-duty guide • Very high rated slide loads, • Electromechanical linear
guide for high loads and tor- • With integrated ball screw ideal for vertical applica- axis with lead screw
ques • For maximum loads and tor- tions such as press-fitting or • With DC servo motor
• Optionally with clamping ques, high feed forces and joining • Easy actuation via I/O inter-
unit, at one or both ends speeds and long service life • Reliable: the completely face, PROFIBUS, CANopen,
• Profile with optimised rigidi- • Precision DUO guide rail closed spindle stops dirt or DeviceNet
ty with high load capacity stray small parts getting • Precise and rigid guide
into the guide area
• Flexible: motor can be at-
tached laterally or axially, in
this case turned by 4 x 90°
online: è egc egc egsl slte
Ne
Ne
w
w
Electric slides Electric slides Spindle axes Toothed belt axes
EGSK EGSP ELGA-BS-KF ELGA-TB-KF
Size 15, 20, 26, 33, 46 20, 26, 33, 46 70, 80, 120, 150 70, 80, 120, 150
Repeat accuracy +/−0.003 – +/−0.004, +/−0.003 – +/−0.01 +/−0.02 +/−0.08, +/−0.1
+/−0.003 – +/−0.01, +/−0.01
Stroke 25 … 840 mm 25 … 840 mm 50 … 3000 mm 50 … 8500 mm
New • New series • Suitable for use in the food
industry as per supplemen-
tary information on materi-
als
Description • Electromechanical linear • Electromechanical linear • Internal, precision recircu- • Internal, precision recircu-
axis with ball screw axis with ball screw lating ball bearing guide lating ball bearing guide
• Recirculating ball bearing • Recirculating ball bearing with high load capacity for with high load capacity for
guide and ball screw with- guide with caged ball bear- high torque loads high torque loads
out caged ball bearings ings • Guide and ball screw pro- • Guide and toothed belt pro-
• Standardised mounting in- • Size 33, 46: ball screw with tected by cover strip tected by cover band
terfaces caged ball bearings • Precise and resilient guide • Precision guide rail with
• Compact design • Low maintenance • For the highest require- high load capacity
• High rigidity • Uniform operating behav- ments in terms of feed force • Speeds up to 5 m/s with
iour with very low noise lev- and accuracy high acceleration up to
els • Speeds up to 2 m/s with 50 m/s²
• Standardised mounting in- high acceleration up to • High feed forces
terfaces 15 m/s² • Flexible motor connection
• Compact design • Space-saving position sens-
• High rigidity ing
• Flexible motor connection
online: è egsk egsp elga elga
50  www.festo.com/catalogue/…z Subject to change – 2017/01

Toothed belt axes Toothed belt axes Toothed belt axes Toothed belt axes 3
ELGA-TB-G ELGA-TB-RF ELGG ELGR
Size 70, 80, 120 70, 80, 120 35, 45, 55 35, 45, 55
Repeat accuracy +/−0.08 +/−0.08 +/−0.1 +/−0.1
Stroke 50 … 8500 mm 50 … 7400 mm 50 … 1200 mm 50 … 1500 mm
Description • Integrated plain-bearing • Integrated roller bearing • Toothed belt axis with two • Optimum price/perfor-
guide guide opposing slides mance ratio
• For small and medium loads • High speeds up to 10 m/s • With low-cost plain bearing • Ready-to-install unit for
• Low guide backlash with high acceleration up to and precise ball bearing quick and easy design
• Driving component for ex- 50 m/s² guide • With plain or recirculating
ternal guides • Guide backlash = 0 mm • Optional central support im- ball bearing guide
• Speeds up to 5 m/s with • Very good operating behav- proves the rigidity • Motor can be mounted on
high acceleration up to iour under torque load • Motor can be mounted on 4 sides
50 m/s² • Sturdy alternative to the re- 4 sides • Also available as OMS prod-
• Flexible motor connection circulating ball bearing uct
• Motor can be mounted on guide
4 sides • As an actuator for external
guides, especially for high
speeds
• Motor can be mounted on
4 sides
online: è elga elga elgg elgr
Cantilever axes Toothed belt axes Toothed belt axes

DGEA-ZR DGE-ZR, DGE-ZR-KF, DGE-ZR-HD DGE-ZR-RF
Size 18, 25, 40 8, 12, 18, 25, 40, 63 25, 40, 63
Max. feed force Fx 230 … 1000 N 15 … 1500 N 260 … 1500 N
Repeat accuracy +/−0.05 +/−0.08, +/−0.1 +/−0.1
Stroke 1 … 1000 mm 1 … 4500 mm 1 … 5000 mm
Description • Toothed belt drive with recirculating • Electromechanical axis with toothed • Electromechanical axis with toothed
ball bearing guide belt; DGE-ZR: without guide; belt and internal roller bearing guide
• Dynamic cantilever operation DGE-ZR-KF: with recirculating ball • High speeds possible
• Stationary drive head bearing guide
• Optional protected version
online: è dgea dge-zr dge-zr

¤ Electromechanical drives
3 Spindle axes Positioning axes

DGE-SP DMES
Size 18, 25, 40, 63 18, 25, 40, 63
Max. feed force Fx 140 … 1600 N 240 … 3000 N
Repeat accuracy +/−0.02 +/−0.05, +/−0.07
Description • Without guide or with recirculating ball bearing guide • Mechanical linear drive with lead screw
• Optional protected version • Basic version or with recirculating ball bearing guide
• High feed forces of up to 3000 N
online: è dge-sp dmes
Semi-rotary drives
Rotary drives Rotary modules

ERMO ERMB
Size 12, 16, 25, 32 20, 25, 32
Max. driving torque 0.15 … 5 Nm 0.7 … 8.5 Nm
Max. input speed 50 … 100 1/min 900 … 1350 1/min
Rotation angle Infinite Infinite
Description • Electric rotary drive with stepper motor and integrated gear • Electromechanical rotary module with toothed belt
unit • Compact design
• ServoLite – closed-loop operation with encoder • Mounting interfaces on all sides
• Heavy-duty bearing for high forces and torques • Stable output shaft bearings
• Backlash-free pre-stressed rotating plate with very good axi- • Unlimited and flexible rotation angle
al eccentricity and concentricity properties
• Quick and accurate installation
• For simple rotary indexing table applications and as a rotary
axis in multi-axis applications
online: è ermo ermb
Electric handling modules
Rotary/lifting modules
EHMB
Size 20, 25, 32
Max. driving torque 0.7 … 6.7 Nm
Max. input speed 900 … 1350 1/min
Rotation angle Infinite
Description • Complete module with combined and configurable rotary/lifting movement
• Dynamic, flexible, economical thanks to the modular drive concept for the linear movement
• Hollow axis with large internal diameter makes laying power supply lines easy, convenient and safe
online: è ehmb
52  www.festo.com/catalogue/…z Subject to change – 2017/01

Linear guides
Ne
w
Guide units Guide axes Guide axes 3
EAGF ELFA ELFR
Size 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 70, 80 35, 45, 55
Stroke 1 … 500 mm 50 … 7000 mm 50 … 1500 mm
Guide Recirculating ball bearing guide Roller bearing guide Plain-bearing guide, recirculating ball
bearing guide
New • New series
Description • For electric cylinders EPCO and ESBF • For drive axis ELGA • Driveless guide unit with guide and
• For absorption of high process forces • For supporting forces and torques in freely movable slide
and torques multi-axis applications • For supporting forces and torques in
• High guide precision • Increased torsional resistance multi-axis applications
• Reduced vibrations with dynamic loads • Increased torsional resistance
online: è eagf elfa elfr
Linear guides
Guide axes Guide axes

EGC-FA FDG-ZR-RF
Size 70, 80, 120, 185 25, 40, 63
Stroke 50 … 8500 mm 1 … 5000 mm
Guide Recirculating ball bearing guide Roller bearing guide
Description • Driveless guide unit with guide and freely movable slide • Driveless linear guide unit with guide and freely movable
• For supporting forces and torques in multi-axis applications slide unit
• Increased torsional resistance • For supporting forces and torques in multi-axis applications
• Increased torsional resistance
online: è egc fdg
Customised components – for your specific requirements

Drives with customised designs
Can’t find the electromechanical drive you need in our catalogue?
We can offer you customised components that are tailored to your specific require-
ments – from minor product modifications to complete new product developments.
Common product modifications:
• Special strokes
• Design for special ambient conditions
• Design optimised for the fitting space
• Design with opposing carriages
• Design with absolute encoder
py to help.
 www.festo.com

¤ Motors and controllers
Software tool Motors and controllers
2017/01
Festo Configuration Tool FCT is a configuration and parameterisation software program that supports all
(FCT) Festo devices, in particular motor controllers.
It is extremely flexible, provides full support for the device properties and is simple
and intuitive to operate. The user is guided step-by-step through the commission-
ing process while each individual step is checked.
The parameterisation software can be found on the website under Support > Sup-
port Portal > enter search term.
CODESYS CODESYS for standardised programming of embedded devices according to

IEC 61131-3. It makes your life easier with simple commissioning, fast program-
ming and parameterisation. The benefits:
• Hardware-neutral software platform for quick and easy configuration, program-
ming and commissioning of pneumatic and electrical automation solutions
• Extensive module libraries for single or multi-axis positioning motions
• The IEC 61131-3 standard means that CODESYS is flexible and open for all types
of control tasks
• Modular: offline and online functions as well as components for hardware config-
uration and visualisation
• User-friendly IEC function block extension
• Re-use of existing application parts
Servo motors
Ne
Ne
w
Integrated drives Servo motors Servo motor Motor units

EMCA EMME-AS EMMS-AS MTR-DCI
Nominal torque 0.37 … 0.45 Nm 0.12 … 6.4 Nm 0.14 … 22.63 Nm
Nominal speed 3100 … 3150 1/min 3000 … 9000 1/min 2000 … 10300 1/min 3000 … 3250 1/min
Peak torque 0.85 … 0.91 Nm 0.7 … 30 Nm 0.5 … 120 Nm
Maximum speed 3300 … 3500 1/min 3910 … 10000 1/min 2210 … 23040 1/min 3000 … 3300 1/min
New • New series • Additional versions
Description • 64 freely programmable po- • Brushless, permanently ex- • Permanently excited, elec- • DC motor with encoder
sition sets cited synchronous servo trodynamic, brushless servo • Gear unit, controller, power
• Multi-turn encoder with motor motor electronics integrated
buffering (resolution up to • Digital absolute displace- • Digital absolute displace- • Gear ratios: 7:1, 14:1, 22:1
32 bits or > 4 billion revolu- ment encoder, single-turn or ment encoder, single-turn or • RS232 parameterisation in-
tions) multi-turn multi-turn terface
• Degree of protection IP54 • Reliable, dynamic, precise • 66 stock types • I/O, PROFIBUS, CANopen,
as standard, with IP65 avail- • Optimised connection tech- • 490 built-to-order variants PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet in-
able as an option, for direct nology • Optionally with holding terface
installation in the system • Over 40 types in stock brake, IP65, resolver • Control panel with display,
• Actuation via CANopen, Eth- • Available with holding brake • Various winding variants optional
erNet/IP and I/O interface
online: è emca emme emms mtr

Motors and controllers ¤
Stepper motors
Stepper motors
EMMS-ST
Maximum speed 430 … 6000 1/min
Motor holding torque 0.09 … 9.3 Nm 4
Description • Small increment and high driving torques thanks to 2-phase hybrid technology
• Optimised connection technology
• 28 types in stock
• With incremental encoder for closed-loop operation
• Available with holding brake
online: è emms
Controllers for AC servo motors
Ne
w
Motor controllers
CMMP-AS-M0, CMMP-AS-M3
Nominal current 2 … 13 A
Nominal operating 230 … 400 V
voltage AC
Nominal operating 1-phase, 3-phase
voltage phases
Rated output of 500 … 9000 VA
controller
Fieldbus coupling PROFIBUS DP, CANopen, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP, PROFINET
New • Additional variant
Description • Many interfaces and functions for decentral motion functions (flying saw, flying measurement, modulo function, etc.)
• For cam disk controllers and highly dynamic movements
• Standardised interfaces allow seamless integration in mechatronic multi-axis modular systems
• Reliable and easy commissioning and parameterisation with the Festo Configuration Tool (FCT)
• Optionally with 3 slots for switch or safety module, for extension module
• Integrated process interfaces: Modbus/TCP, CAN bus and digital I/O module
• Further extension modules: PROFIBUS, PROFINET, EtherCAT®, etc.
online: è cmmp

Controllers for DC servo motors
Motor controllers
SFC-DC
Nominal current, load 3 A
4 supply
Nominal voltage, load 24 V
supply DC
Rated output of control- 75 VA
ler
Fieldbus coupling PROFIBUS DP, CANopen, DeviceNet
Description • For actuating mini slide SLTE and parallel gripper HGPLE
• Easy actuation via I/O interface, PROFIBUS, CANopen, DeviceNet
• With or without control panel
• Parameterisation via control panel or parameterisation software FCT
• Field controller with protection class IP54
• Reliable and easy commissioning and parameterisation with the Festo Configuration Tool (FCT)
online: è sfc-dc
Controllers for stepper motors

Ne
w
Controllers Motor controllers Motor controllers

CMXH CMMO-ST CMMS-ST
Nominal current, load 10 A 6 A 8 A
supply
Max. step frequency 4 kHz
Controller operating Direct mode, record selection PWM MOSFET power output stage, cas- PWM MOSFET power output stage
mode cade controller with P position controller,
PI speed controller, PI current controller
Fieldbus coupling 1x CANopen Slave Ethernet PROFIBUS DP, CANopen
New • New series
Description • For controlling two servo motors • Motor controller of the Optimised • For controlling stepper motors
• For controlling planar surface gantries Motion Series (for EPCO, ELGR, ERMO) E MMS-ST and Optimised Motion
• Supports the Safe Torque Off (STO) • With convenient FCT commissioning Series (for EPCO, ELGR, ERMO)
safety function for stepper motor EMMS-ST • Easy and convenient: commissioning
• Simple actuation via digital I/O inter- • Simple and quick parameters configu- and firmware updates via SD card slot
face, CAN interface or Ethernet TCP/IP ration via web browser and parameter • Reliable and easy commissioning and
• H-rail mounting possible cloud parameterisation with the Festo Con-
• Parameterisation with the Festo Con- • Reliable and easy commissioning and figuration Tool (FCT)
figuration Tool (FCT) parameterisation with the Festo Con- • Integrated process interface: digital
figuration Tool (FCT) I/O, CAN, RS485
• Simple control via digital I/O, • Safety function Safe Torque Off (STO)
IO‑Link®, I‑Port, Modbus TCP PLd
• Safety function Safe Torque Off (STO) • Optional: PROFIBUS and DeviceNet®
PLe
• Sinusoidal current injection for espe-
cially silent motor operation
online: è cmxh cmmo cmms

Multi-axis controllers
Ne
Ne
w
w
Controllers Motor controllers Controllers
CMXH-ST2 CPX-CEC-C1, CPX-CEC-M1 CECX-X-C1, CECX-X-M1
CPU data 256 MB RAM, 32 MB flash, 400 MHz, 64 MB DRAM, Processor 400 MHz
800 MHz processor 4
Configuration support FCT (Festo Configuration Tool) CODESYS V2.3, CODESYS V3
Processing time Approx. 200 µs/1 k instruction
Degree of protection IP20 IP65, IP67 IP20
New • New series • One platform for fluid and motion con-
trol with modules for cloud connection
via OPC UA
Description • The ideal controller for controlling pla- • Easy actuation of valve terminal con- • Modular master controller with CODE-
nar surface gantries EXCM figurations SYS or motion controller with CODE-
• Supports the Safe Torque Off (STO) • Programming with CODESYS to IEC SYS and SoftMotion.
safety function 61131-3 • Programming to standard IEC 61131-3
• Easy control via digital I/O interface, • Connection to all fieldbuses as a re- • Three plug-in slots for optional mod-
CAN interface or Ethernet TCP/IP mote controller and for pre-processing ules
• Actuation of electric drives via • Optional: communication module for
CANopen PROFIBUS
• SoftMotion functions for coordinated
multi-axis movements
online: è cmxh cpx-cec-m1 cecx-x
Positioners for process automation
Ne
w
Positioners
CMSX
Standard nominal flow 50 … 130 l/min
rate
Ambient temperature −5 … 60 °C
Reference value 0 – 10, 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Operating pressure 3 … 8 bar
Safety note Adjustable; holding, opening, closing
New • Additional versions
Quick ordering of
Description • For position control of double-acting pneumatic quarter turn actuators in process automation systems
• Simple and efficient position control based on the PID control algorithm
• Suitable for quarter turn actuators with a swivel angle of approx. 90° and a mechanical interface in accordance with VDI/VDE
Directive 3845
• Power supply 24 V DC
online: è cmsx

Safety systems
Safety modules
CAMC
Safety function Safe Brake Control (SBC), Safe Speed Range (SSR), Safe Speed Monitor (SSM), Safe Torque Off (STO), Safely Limited Speed
4 (SLS), Safe Torque off (STO), Safe Operating Stop (SOS), Safe Stop 1 (SS1), Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
Safety Integrity Level Safe Brake Control (SBC)/SIL 3, Safely Limited Speed (SLS)/SIL 3, Safe Operating Stop (SOS)/SIL 3, Safe Stop 1 (SS1)/SIL 3,
(SIL) Safe Stop 2 (SS2)/SIL 3, Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)/SIL 3, Safe Speed Range (SSR)/SIL 3, Safe Torque Off (STO)/SIL 3, Safe
Torque Off (STO)/SIL 3 / SILCL 3
Characteristics of logic Electrically isolated, 4 safe, 2-channel inputs equivalent/antivalent switching, configurable test pulses, configurable function,
inputs 6 safe, 1-channel inputs, configurable test pulses
Number of digital logic 2, 10
inputs
Digital output design Potential-free signal contact, 3 safe, 2-channel semiconductor outputs
Description • Plug-in module
• For motor controller CMMP-AS-…-M3
online: è camc
Gear units
Ne
w
Gear units Gear units Gear units Gear units

EMGC EMGA-SST EMGA-EAS EMGA-SAS
Continuous output 2 … 44 Nm 11 … 110 Nm 11 … 110 Nm 11 … 450 Nm
torque
Max. input speed 4500 … 6000 1/min 7000 … 18000 1/min 7000 … 18000 1/min 6500 … 18000 1/min
Torsional rigidity 0.105 … 2.4 Nm/arcmin 1 … 6 Nm/arcmin 1 … 6 Nm/arcmin 1 … 38 Nm/arcmin
Backlash 0.5 … 0.67° 0.12 … 0.25° 0.12 … 0.25° 0.1 … 0.25°
Mass moment of inertia, 0.04 … 0.4 kgcm² 0.019 … 0.77 kgcm² 0.019 … 0.77 kgcm² 0.019 … 12.14 kgcm²
gear unit
Max. efficiency 90%, 92%, 94% 98% 98% 98%
New • New series
Description • Planetary gear units, one- • Planetary gear units for • Planetary gear unit for servo • Planetary gear units for ser-
stage or two-stage, for inte- stepper motors EMMS-ST motors EMMS-AS vo motors EMMS-AS
grated drives EMCA • Gear ratio i = 3 and i = 5, • Gear ratio i = 3 and i = 5, • Gear ratio i = 3 and i = 5,
• Gear ratio i = 3 to i = 40, available ex-stock available ex-stock available ex-stock
available ex-stock • Life-time lubrication • Life-time lubrication • Life-time lubrication
• Life-time lubrication
online: è emgc emga emga emga

Power supply units
Power supply units

CACN
Nominal output voltage 24 … 48 V
DC 4
Nominal output current 5 … 20 A
Input voltage range AC 100 … 500 V
Input current 0.9 – 1.65 A, 1.5 – 3.0 A, 2.2 – 1.2 A, 2.3 – 1.9 A, 5.1 – 2.3 A
Mains buffering 24 … 110 ms
Description • H-rail mounting
• Mounting position: free convection
online: è cacn

¤ Grippers
Software tool Grippers
2017/01
Product finder for A secure grip is a question of the right calculation. In this case, calculation of
grippers weight, direction of movement, distances, etc. The software tool immediately deter-
mines which type of gripper – parallel, three-point, angle or swivel/gripper – and
which size best matches your requirements.
• either in the electronic catalogue by clicking on the blue button “Product finder”
Parallel grippers
Parallel grippers Parallel grippers Electric parallel grippers Parallel grippers

DHPS HGPD HGPLE HGPT
Total gripping force at 25 … 910 N 94 … 3716 N 106 … 6300 N
6 bar, closing
Stroke per gripper jaw 2 … 12.5 mm 3 … 20 mm 30 … 80 mm 1.5 … 25 mm
Position sensing Via Hall sensor, via proximity Via proximity sensor Via integrated angular dis- Via proximity sensor
sensor placement encoder
Gripping force backup During opening, during During opening, during During opening, during
closing closing closing
Description • Heavy-duty, precision T-slot • Ideal for very harsh environ- • Electrically actuated gripper • Sturdy and powerful
guide for gripper jaws ments with long stroke • With T-slot guide
• High gripping force with • Precise gripping even at • Free, speed-controlled se- • Suitable for external and in-
compact size high torque load lection of gripping positions ternal gripping
• Max. repetition accuracy • Max. gripping force with op- • Long stroke allows use with • Gripper jaw guide protected
• Wide range of options for timum installation space/ workpieces of different sizes by sealing air against dust
mounting on drive units force ratio • Adjustable gripping force • High-force variant available
• 8 sizes with up to 40 mm to- for highly sensitive and
tal stroke large, heavy workpieces
• Repetition accuracy of • Very high torque resistance,
0 … 0.05 mm very high accuracy
• Short opening and closing
times
• Minimal installation costs
online: è dhps hgpd hgple hgpt

Grippers ¤
Parallel grippers
Ne
w
Parallel grippers Parallel grippers Parallel grippers
HGPL HGPP HGPC
6 bar, closing
Stroke per gripper jaw 20 … 150 mm 2 … 12.5 mm 3 … 7 mm
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via Hall sensor, via inductive sensors Via proximity sensor
Gripping force backup During opening, during closing During closing 5
New • With expanded range of sensors
Description • Space-saving, high forces and torques • High-precision gripper jaw guide • Compact, low cost, reliable operation,
• Controlled, precise and centred grip- • Suitable for external and internal grip- long service life
ping ping • High force with minimal volume
• Long stroke: long guide length for the • Very flexible thanks to versatile attach- • Suitable for external and internal grip-
gripper jaws ment, mounting and application op- ping
• Suitable for external and internal grip- tions
ping
• Opening stroke can be adjusted to op-
timise time
online: è hgpl hgpp hgpc
Parallel grippers
Parallel grippers Parallel grippers

HGP HGPM
Total gripping force at 160 … 340 N 16 … 35 N
6 bar, closing
Stroke per gripper jaw 5 … 7.5 mm 2 … 3 mm
Position sensing Via proximity sensor None
Gripping force backup
Description • Double-acting piston drive • Micro gripper: compact, handy design
• High gripping force with compact size • Versatile thanks to externally adaptable gripper fingers
• Self-centring • Mounting options with clamping spigot, with flange mount-
• Suitable for external and internal gripping ing, with Z stroke compensation
• With protective dust cap for use in dusty environments (pro-
tection class IP54)
• Max. repetition accuracy
• Internal fixed flow control
• Versatile thanks to externally adaptable gripper fingers
• Wide range of options for mounting on drive units
online: è hgp hgpm

¤ Grippers
Three-point grippers
Three-point grippers Three-point grippers Three-point grippers

DHDS HGDT HGDD
6 bar, closing
Stroke per gripper jaw 2.5 … 6 mm 1.5 … 10 mm 4 … 12 mm
Position sensing Via Hall sensor, via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor
5 Gripping force backup During closing During opening, during closing During opening, during closing
Description • Heavy-duty, precision T-slot guide for • Synchronous movement of the gripper • Precise gripping with centric move-
gripper jaws jaws ments despite high torque loads
• High gripping force with compact size • With T-slot guide • Ideal for very harsh environments
• Max. repetition accuracy • Suitable for external and internal grip- • 5 sizes with up to 12 mm stroke/jaw
• Wide range of options for mounting on ping • Repetition accuracy of 0 … 0.05 mm
drive units • Gripper jaw guide protected by sealing
air against dust
• High-force variant available
online: è hgds hgdt hgdd
Angle grippers
Angle grippers Angle grippers Angle grippers

DHWS HGWC HGWM
Total gripping torque at 30 … 1362 Ncm 22 … 144 Ncm 22 … 64 Ncm
6 bar, closing
Max. opening angle 40° 30 … 80° 14 … 18.5°
Position sensing Via Hall sensor, via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor None
Gripping force backup During closing
Description • Improved gripper jaw guide • High force with minimal volume • Micro gripper: compact, handy design
• Link guided movement • Internal fixed flow control, does away • Mounting options with clamping spig-
• Internal fixed flow control, does away with the need for external flow control ot, with flange mounting, with Z stroke
with the need for external flow control in 90% of applications compensation
in 90% of applications • Suitable for external and internal grip- • Versatile thanks to externally adapt-
• Max. repetition accuracy ping able gripper fingers
• Wide range of options for mounting on • Repetition accuracy 0.05 mm
drive units • Compact and cost-effective
online: è dhws hgwc hgwm

Grippers ¤
Radial grippers
Radial grippers Radial grippers Radial grippers

DHRS HGRT HGRC
Total gripping torque at 15 … 660 Ncm 158 … 7754 Ncm 22 … 144 Ncm
6 bar, closing
Max. opening angle 180° 180° 180°
Position sensing Via Hall sensor, via proximity sensor Via proximity sensor, via inductive sen- Via proximity sensor
sors
5
Description • Lateral gripper jaw support for high • Secure gripping thanks to precise, pol- • High force with minimal volume
torque loads ished plain-bearing guides • Internal fixed flow control, does away
• Self-centring • Gripping force backup via compression with the need for external flow control
• Gripper jaw centring options springs holds the gripped workpiece in 90% of applications
• Max. repetition accuracy securely in the event of pressure fail- • Suitable for external and internal grip-
ure ping
• Compression spring also boosts the • Repetition accuracy 0.05 mm
gripping force for applications involv- • Compact and cost-effective
ing heavier loads
• Optimum cycle times thanks to freely
adjustable opening angle of up to max.
90° per gripper finger. This prevents
possible collisions due to the gripper
jaws opening too wide
online: è dhrs hgrt hgrc
Swivel/gripper units
Swivel/gripper units
HGDS
Total gripping force at 74 … 168 N
6 bar, closing
Stroke per gripper jaw 2.5 … 7 mm
Swivel angle 210°
Position sensing, grip- Via proximity sensor
per
Description • Combination of parallel gripper and swivel module
• Swivel angle infinitely adjustable
• Precise end stop with elastic cushioning or integrated shock absorber
online: è hgds

¤ Grippers
Bellows grippers
Bellows grippers
DHEB
Stroke of bellows 3.5 … 25 mm
Min. diameter to be 8 … 66 mm
gripped
Max. diameter to be 11 … 85 mm
gripped
5
Max. operating frequen- ≤4 Hz
cy of gripper
Description • 11 sizes for gripping diameter from 8 to 85 mm
• Direction of movement: bellows upwards or downwards
• Different bellows materials: EPDM or silicone
• Air connection on the side or from above
• Optimised process sequence with increased quality: prevents the workpieces from being scratched
• Additional reliability: optional sensing via proximity or position sensor
online: è dheb
Gripper accessories
Ne
w
Adaptive gripper fingers
DHAS
New • New series
Description • Self-adjusting to different workpiece shapes
• Adaptive gripper fingers for smooth and flexible gripping, with the Fin Ray Effect® derived from the movement of a fish’s tail
fin
• Sizes 60, 80, 120
• For workpiece diameters from 6 to 120 mm
online: è dhas

Grippers ¤
Software tool
Feed separators This tool helps you to select the right separator of the type HPV from Festo for your
application. Let yourself be guided by the program – enter the general parameters
and you will receive at least one suggestion for the product best suited to your ap-
plication.
Feed separators
Feed separators Feed separators

HPVS HPV
Mode of operation Double-acting Double-acting
Piston diameter 10 mm, 14 mm, 22 mm 10 mm, 14 mm, 22 mm
Stroke 10 … 60 mm 10 … 60 mm
6 bar, advancing
Description • Version with one plunger • Version with two plungers
• With non-rotating piston rod • With twin piston, non-rotating piston rod and locking
• Proximity sensor SME/SMT-8 can be integrated in the mechanism
housing • Cost-effective: replaces at least two drives in the feed
process
• Proximity sensor SME/SMT-8 can be integrated in the
housing
online: è hpvs hpv

¤ Handling systems
Software tool Handling systems
2017/01
Configurator Design a product with numerous features reliably and quickly with the help of the
configurator.
Select all the required product features step-by-step. The use of logic checks en-
sures that only correct configurations are available for selection.
The configurator is part of the electronic catalogue and is not available as a sepa-
rate software program.
Handling modules
6
Handling modules Handling modules, pneumatic

HSP HSW-AP, HSW-AS
Size 12, 16, 25 10, 12, 16
6 bar
Min. cycle time 0.6 … 1 s 0.6 … 1 s
Y stroke 52 … 170 mm
Z stroke 20 … 70 mm 80 … 100 mm
Repeat accuracy +/−0.01, +/−0.02
Description • Function module for the automatic transfer, feeding and re- • Function module for the automatic transfer, feeding and re-
moval of small parts in extremely confined spaces moval of small parts in extremely confined spaces
• Guided vertical and horizontal motion sequence • Guided swivel and linear motion
• High precision and rigidity • High precision and good rigidity
• Compact design • HSW-AP: pneumatic, with swivel module DSM; HSW-AS:
• Extremely short cycle times without drive, with drive shaft
• Cost-optimised • Fast and compact
• Stroke adjustment along Y- and Z-axes • Low-cost and ideal for universal use
online: è hsp hsw
Software tool
Configurator: Handling Planning complex handling systems takes a lot of time. You can use the “Handling
Guide Online (HGO) Guide Online” (HGO) configurator to design a customised handling system for your
application in just a few steps.
Advantages :
• Automatic selection of all relevant components
• Automatic design and calculation of the workload
• CAD model available immediately
• Fully automated processing
• Fully assembled or unassembled systems This tool can be found in the electronic
catalogue by clicking on the blue button “Engineering”.

Handling systems ¤
Cartesian systems
Ne
w
Single-axis system 2D linear gantry Linear gantries 2D planar surface gantry
YXCS YXCL EXCT YXCF
New • New series
Description • Ready-to-install single-axis • Ideal for long gantry strokes • Short cycle times thanks to • • Can be used universally
solution including energy and heavy loads high dynamic response for handling light to heavy
chain for cable and tubing • High mechanical rigidity and • Perfectly matched drive and workpieces or high effective
routing as well as matching sturdy design controller package for quick loads
motor and motor controller • Frequently used in feeding commissioning • Especially suitable for very
package or loading applications • Especially economical due long strokes
• For any single-axis move- • Use of tried and tested to the low moving dead • High mechanical rigidity and
ment drives/axes from Festo weight sturdy design 6
• Ideal for long gantry strokes • Freely positionable; any in-
and heavy loads termediate positions
• High mechanical rigidity and
sturdy design
online: è yxcs yxcl exct yxcf
Cartesian systems
Ne
Ne
w
2D planar surface gantry 2D planar surface gantry 3D gantry

EXCM EXCH YXCR
New • Additional size • New series
Description • Excellent functionality in confined • Optimal dynamic response when com- • Can be used universally for handling
spaces pared with other Cartesian gantry sys- light to heavy workpieces or high ef-
• Small moving loads tems fective loads
• Actuation via two stepper motors with • Drive concept with low moving dead • Especially suitable for very long
integrated optical encoder and two-ax- weight strokes
is controller • Flat system design • High mechanical rigidity and sturdy de-
• With plain or recirculating ball bearing • High acceleration in both axial direc- sign
guide tions • Pneumatic and electric components –
freely combinable
• As an electrical solution – freely posi-
tionable/any intermediate positions
online: è excm exch yxcr

¤ Handling systems
Parallel kinematic systems
Tripod
EXPT
Max. payload 5 kg
Working space nominal 450 … 1200 mm
diameter
Working space nominal 100 mm
height
Max. picking rate 150 picks/min in 12" cycle
Description • Low moving mass – ideal for demanding requirements on dynamic response in three dimensions
• Great path accuracy with a range of path profiles, even for very dynamic operation
6 expt
online: è
Control systems
Control systems
CMCA
Electrical connection Spring-loaded terminal
Mains voltage AC 230/400 V
Nominal operating 3-phase
voltage phases
Mains frequency 50 … 60 Hz
Safety function Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
Description • Control solution for handling systems from Festo
• Available on a mounting plate with or without control cabinet housing
• Includes the multi-axis controller CMXR and the motor controller CMMP required for control
online: è cmca
Note:
Control cabinets for
controllers in handling
systems  181

Vacuum technology ¤
Software tool Vacuum technology
2017/01
Vacuum selection Which suction cup for which surface and which movement? Don’t experiment – cal-
culate! This software tool even enables a differentiation to be made between linear
and rotary movements.
• or on the DVD under Engineering Tools
Vacuum generators
Ne
7
w
Vacuum generators Vacuum generators, pneu- Vacuum generators Vacuum generators

OVEM matic VAD VAK
VN
Nominal width of Laval 0.45 … 2 mm 0.45 … 3 mm 0.5 … 1.5 mm 1 mm
nozzle
Ejector characteristics High suction rate, high vacu- High suction rate, high vacu- High vacuum High vacuum
um, standard um, standard, in-line, high
vacuum, high suction rate
Integrated function Electric ejector pulse valve, Pneumatic ejector pulse valve, Ejector pulse, pneumatic
flow control valve, electric on- open silencer, vacuum switch
off valve, filter, electric air sav-
ing function, check valve,
open silencer, vacuum switch
Max. vacuum 93% 86 … 93% 80% 80%
Max. suction rate with 6 … 86.5 l/min 6.1 … 339 l/min
respect to atmosphere
New • Straightforward operation
and diagnostics: can be
controlled easily from the
PLC using IO‑Link®
• Variant with LCD display
Description • Compact design • Can be used directly in the • Sturdy aluminium housing • Sturdy aluminium housing
• Monitoring with vacuum work space • Ejector pulse through built-
sensor with IO‑Link® • Available as a straight type in reservoir
• Central electrical connection (inline: vacuum port in line • Connection for external res-
via an M12 plug with the supply port) or ervoir
• Maintenance-free operation T-shape (standard: vacuum
and reduced noise level port at 90° to the supply
through an integrated, open port)
silencer • Compact and cost-effective
• Integrated filter with inspec- • Maintenance-free operation
tion window and reduced noise level
• Optionally with air-saving through an integrated, open
function and LCD display silencer
• Adjustable ejector pulse
online: è ovem vn vad vak

¤ Vacuum technology
Vacuum generators
Vacuum generators, electropneumatic Vacuum generators Vacuum generators

VN VADM, VADMI VAD-M, VAD-M-I
Nominal width of Laval 0.45 … 3 mm 0.45 … 3 mm 0.7 … 2 mm
nozzle
Ejector characteristics Standard, high vacuum, high suction rate High vacuum High vacuum
Integrated function Pneumatic ejector pulse valve, electric Electric ejector pulse valve, flow control Electric ejector pulse valve, electric on-
on-off valve, open silencer valve, electric on-off valve, filter, electric off valve
air saving function, check valve, vacuum
switch
Max. vacuum 92 … 93% 85% 85 … 90%
Max. suction rate with 7.2 … 186 l/min
Description • Can be used directly in the work space • Compact and sturdy design • Compact and sturdy design
7 • Cost effective • Built-in solenoid valve (on/off ) • Built-in solenoid valve (on/off )
• Maintenance-free operation and re- • Integrated filter with inspection win- • Optionally with ejector pulse
duced noise level through an integrat- dow
ed, open silencer • Optionally with air-saving function,
• With solenoid valve vacuum On/Off vacuum sensor
• Optionally with adjustable ejector
pulse
online: è vn vadm vad-m
Vacuum generators
Vacuum generators for valve terminals CPV Vacuum generator cartridges

CPV10-M1H, CPV14-M1H, CPV18-M1H VN
Nominal width of Laval 0.7 … 1.4 mm 0.45 … 2 mm
nozzle
Ejector characteristics High vacuum Standard, high vacuum, high suction rate
Integrated function
Max. vacuum 85% 92 … 93%
Max. suction rate with 7.2 … 184.4 l/min
Description • Combinations of switching valves with vacuum generators • For fitting into customised housing for decentralised vacuum
are possible on a valve terminal generation
• With solenoid valve vacuum on/off
• Optionally with ejector pulse
online: è cpv10-m1h vn

Vacuum technology ¤
Vacuum gripping technology
Bernoulli gripper Suction gripper Suction cups with connection

OGGB ESG attachments
ESS
Suction cup size 4x20 mm, 6x10 mm, 6x20 mm, 8x20 mm, 4x20 mm, 6x10 mm, 6x20 mm, 8x20 mm,
8x30 mm, 4x10 mm, 10x30 mm, 8x30 mm, 4x10 mm, 10x30 mm,
15x45 mm, 20x60 mm, 25x75 mm, 15x45 mm, 20x60 mm, 25x75 mm,
30x90 mm 30x90 mm
Suction cup diameter 60 mm, 100 mm, 140 mm 2 … 200 mm 2 … 200 mm
Holding force at nominal 6 … 10 N 0.1 … 1610 N 0.1 … 1610 N
operating pressure
Design Vacuum port on top, vacuum port on the Round, bell-shaped,
side, with height compensator, with long
height compensator
Information on BR, FPM, NBR, PUR, VMQ (silicone), BR, FPM, NBR, PUR, VMQ (silicone), 7
materials: suction cup Vulkollan® Vulkollan®
Description • Ideally suited to transporting thin, ex- • Modular system of suction cup holders • Suction cup consisting of the suction
tremely delicate and brittle workpieces and suction cups with over 2000 vari- cup itself, plus the support plate with
• Minimised workpiece contact, gentle ants mounting
workpiece handling • Optionally with angle compensator, • Suction cup volume: 0.002 … 245 cm³
• Low energy costs thanks to minimised height compensator, filter • Min. workpiece radius: 10 … 680 mm
air consumption • 15 suction cup diameters • Mounting for suction cup holder: fe-
• 6 suction cup shapes male thread, male thread, push-in con-
• Suction cup volume: 0.002 … 245 cm³ nector
• Min. workpiece radius: 10 … 680 mm
• Vacuum port: push-in connector or
barbed fitting for plastic tubing,
threaded connection
online: è oggb esg ess
Vacuum gripping technology
Suction cups Suction cups with connection attachments

ESV VAS, VASB
Suction cup size
Suction cup diameter 20 … 200 mm 2 … 125 mm
Holding force at nominal 8.2 … 1610 N 0.14 … 700 N
operating pressure
Design Bell-shaped or round bellows
Information on BR, FPM, NBR, PUR, VMQ (silicone), Vulkollan® NBR, PUR, TPE-U (PU), VMQ (silicone)
materials: suction cup
Description • Wearing part for suction cup • Sturdy and reliable
• Easily interchangeable • Suction cups with fixed connecting thread
• Suction cup volume: 0.318 … 245 cm³ • 11 suction cup diameters
• Min. workpiece radius: 10 … 680 mm • Round suction cup shape, bellows
• Vacuum port on top, on the side
• Screw-in thread
online: è esv vas

¤ Vacuum technology
Assembly and connection components
Suction cup holders

ESH
Design Vacuum port on top, vacuum port on the side, with height compensator
Description • With or without height compensator
• 6 holder sizes
• 8 holder types
• 3 tubing connections
online: è esh

Valves ¤
Universal directional control valves
Valves
2017/01
Ne
Ne
Ne
w
w
Solenoid valves, for Solenoid valves, plug-in Pneumatic valves Solenoid valves
individual connection VUVG VUWG VUVS
VUVG
Type of control Electric Electric Pneumatic Electric
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, G1/8, M3, M5, M7 G1/4, G1/8, M3, M5, M7 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8
Pneumatic working port G1/4, G1/8, M3, M5, M7, QS- G1/4, G1/8, M5, M7, flange G1/4, G1/8, M3, M5, M7, QS- G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, NPT1/4-
1/4, QS-1/8, QS-10, QS-3, QS- 1/4, QS-1/8, QS-10, QS-3, QS- 18, NPT1/8-27, NPT3/8-18,
3/16, QS-3/8, QS-4, QS-5/16, 3/16, QS-3/8, QS-4, QS-5/16, QS-1/2, QS-1/4, QS-10, QS-
QS-5/32, QS-6, QS-8, flange QS-5/32, QS-6, QS-8 12, QS-3/8, QS-4, QS-5/16,
QS-5/32, QS-6, QS-8
Standard nominal 80 … 1380 l/min 130 … 1200 l/min 80 … 1380 l/min 550 … 2400 l/min
flow rate
Valve function 2x3/2-way, single solenoid, 2x3/2-way, single solenoid, 2x3/2-way, monostable, 3/2-way, single solenoid,
closed, 2x3/2-way, single so- closed, 2x3/2-way, single so- closed, 2x3/2-way, monosta- closed, 3/2-way, single sole-
lenoid, open, 2x3/2-way, sin- lenoid, open, 2x3/2-way, sin- ble, open, 2x3/2-way, monos- noid, open, 5/2-way, double
gle solenoid, open/closed, gle solenoid, open/closed, table, open/closed, 5/2-way, solenoid, 5/2-way, single so- 8
5/2-way, double solenoid, 3/2-way, single solenoid, bistable, 5/2-way, monosta- lenoid, 5/3-way, pressurised,
5/2-way, single solenoid, 5/3- closed, 3/2-way, single sole- ble, 5/3-way, pressurised, 5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way,
way, pressurised, 5/3-way, ex- noid, open, 5/2-way, double 5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way, closed
hausted, 5/3-way, closed solenoid, 5/2-way, single so- closed
lenoid, 5/3-way, pressurised,
5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way,
closed
Electrical connection Plug, via E-box, connection Via E-box To EN 175301-803, type B,
pattern H, horizontal connec- type C
tion, M8x1 A-coded to
EN 61076-2-104, 2-pin, 3-pin
New • Additional versions • Additional versions • Additional size
Quick ordering of
Description • Compact universal valve • Sub-base valve • Compact universal valve • Universal valve, sturdy and
• Connection technology via • For valve terminal VTUG • Pneumatically actuated durable
E-box with plug-in • High flow rate relative to its • Low-cost, no performance
• High flow rate relative to its size limitations
size • In-line valves can be used • Can be used as individual
• In-line valves can be used as individual valves or mani- valves or manifold valves
as individual valves or manifold valves VTUS
fold valves
online: è vuvg vuvg vuwg vuvs

¤ Valves
Ne
Ne
w
w
Pneumatic valves Solenoid valves Solenoid valves Solenoid and pneumatic
VUWS VMPA1, VMPA14, VMPA2 CPE10, CPE14, CPE18, CPE24 valves, Tiger 2000
MFH, MVH, JMFH, JMVH, VL, J
Type of control Pneumatic Electric Electric, via pilot interface to Electric, pneumatic
ISO 15218
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8 G1/8, M7 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, M7, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8
QS-10, QS-12, QS-4, QS-6,
QS-8
Pneumatic working port G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, NPT1/4- G1/8, M7 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, M7, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8
18, NPT1/8-27, NPT3/8-18, QS-10, QS-12, QS-4, QS-6,
QS-1/4, QS-10, QS-3/8, QS-4, QS-8
QS-5/16, QS-5/32, QS-6,
QS-8
flow rate
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 2x2/2-way, single solenoid, 3/2-way, single solenoid, 5/2-way, bistable/double so-
8 3/2-way, monostable, open, closed, 2x3/2-way, single so- closed, 3/2-way, single sole- lenoid, 5/2-way, monostable/
5/2-way, bistable, 5/2-way, lenoid, closed, 2x3/2-way, sin- noid, open, 5/2-way, double single solenoid, 5/3-way,
monostable, 5/3-way, pres- gle solenoid, open, 2x3/2- solenoid, 5/2-way, single so- pressurised, 5/3-way, ex-
surised, 5/3-way, exhausted, way, single solenoid, open/ lenoid, 5/3-way, pressurised, hausted, 5/3-way, closed
5/3-way, closed closed, 3/2-way, single sole- 5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way,
noid, closed, 3/2-way, single closed
solenoid, open, 5/2-way, dou-
ble solenoid, 5/2-way, single
solenoid, 5/3-way, pressur-
ised, 5/3-way, exhausted,
5/3-way, closed
Electrical connection M8x1, plug, to EN 60947-5-2, M8x1, Type C, 2-pin, 4-pin Via F coil, to be ordered sepa-
4-pin rately
New • Additional size • Additional versions
Description • Universal valve, sturdy and • For valve terminal MPA • Universally applicable indi- • Sturdy and reliable
durable • As individual valve mounted vidual valve • Wide range of voltages due
• Pneumatically actuated on sub-base • High flow rate relative to its to individual coils
• Can be used as individual • Comprehensive valve range size • Principle with armature
valves or manifold valves guide tube
VTUS
online: è vuws vmpa1 cpe tiger 2000

Valves ¤
Solenoid and pneumatic valves, Solenoid and pneumatic valves, Cassette valves
Tiger Classic midi pneumatic C, CJ, CJM, CL, CM
MFH, MOFH, JMFH, JMFDH, VL/O, VL, JH, MEBH, MOEBH, MEH, MOEH, JMEBH,
JDH JMEH, VL, J
Type of control Electric, pneumatic Electric, pneumatic Electric, pneumatic
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, NPT1/8-27 G1/8, Sub-base G1/2, G1/4, Sub-base
Pneumatic working port G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4 G1/8, Sub-base G1/2, G1/4, Sub-base
Standard nominal 500 … 7500 l/min 300 … 700 l/min 1400 l/min
flow rate
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable/single solenoid, 3/2-way, monostable/single solenoid, 5/2-way, double solenoid/bistable,
closed, 3/2-way, monostable/single so- closed, 3/2-way, monostable/single so- 5/2-way, single solenoid/monostable
lenoid, open, 3/2-way, monostable/sin- lenoid, open, 5/2-way, bistable/double
gle solenoid, open/closed, 5/2-way, solenoid, 5/2-way, monostable/single
bistable/double solenoid, 5/2-way, solenoid, 5/3-way, pressurised, 5/3-way,
bistable/double solenoid, dominant sig- exhausted, 5/3-way, closed
nal, 5/2-way, monostable/single sole-
noid 8
Electrical connection Via F coil, to be ordered separately Plug, square design, to EN 175301-803,
type C, plug pattern type C to industry
standard 9.4 mm
Description • Sturdy and reliable • Sub-base valve, semi in-line valve • Sturdy
• Poppet valve • Individual mounting or manifold as- • Direct mounting on sub-base
• All-metal version sembly for 2 … 10 valves • With or without manual override
• Principle with armature guide tube • Operating voltage 24 V DC,
110/230 V AC (50 … 60 Hz)
online: è tiger classic mebh cm

¤ Valves
Solenoid valves, supplementary Pneumatic valves, supplementary Basic valves

product range product range LC
BMCH, BMFH, JMC, JMF, MC, MCH, MF, A, VL
MFH, MLC, MOCH, MOFH
Type of control Electric Pneumatic, electric
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, M5 G1/4 G1/8, G1/4
Pneumatic working port G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, M5 G1/4
Standard nominal 46 … 300 l/min 700 l/min 80 … 600 l/min
flow rate
Valve function 2/2-way, single solenoid, closed, 2x3/2- 5/2-way, bistable, 5/4-way, closed 3/2-way, directly actuated, 5/4-way, indi-
way, single solenoid, closed, 3/2-way, rectly actuated
single solenoid, closed, 3/2-way, single
solenoid, open, 3x3/2-way, single sole-
noid, closed, 4/2-way, double solenoid,
4/2-way, single solenoid, 5/4-way,
closed
8 Electrical connection Plug connector
Description • Manifold mounting or individual valve • For activating cylinders for single • Screw-in actuator attachments
• Especially suited for positioning, for stroke and oscillating movements • For positioning, for stopping in the
stopping in the event of an emergency • For positioning, for stopping in the event of an emergency stop and for
stop and for holding double-acting cyl- event of an emergency stop and for holding double-acting cylinders in any
inders in any position holding double-acting cylinders in any position
• With or without manual override position
• For controlling functions of pneumatic
feed units such as feed motions and
reciprocal clamping
• Actuation either manually using a
switch lever, mechanically using a con-
trol stem or pneumatically
online: è bmch vl lc

Valves ¤
Standard directional control valves
Ne
Ne
Ne
w
w
Solenoid valves Standards-based valves with Standards-based valves with Standards-based valves,
VSNC central plug individual plug plug-in
VSVA-R5, VSVA-R2 VSVA-C1, VSVA-P1 VSVA-T1
Type of control Electric Electric Electric Electric
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, NPT1/4-18, QS-1/4, Sub-base size 1 to ISO 5599- Sub-base size 18 to Sub-base size 1 to
QS-10, QS-3/8, QS-5/16, QS- 1, size 2 to ISO 5599-1 ISO 15407-1, size 26 to ISO 5599-2, size 2 to
6, QS-8 ISO 15407-1 ISO 5599-2, size 18 to
ISO 15407-2, size 26 to
ISO 15407-2
flow rate
Valve function 5/2-way, double solenoid, 2x2/2-way, single solenoid, 2x2/2-way, single solenoid, 2x2/2-way, single solenoid,
5/2-way or 3/2-way, converti- closed, 2x3/2-way, single so- closed, 2x3/2-way, single so- closed, 2x3/2-way, single so-
ble, 5/3-way, pressurised, lenoid, closed, 2x3/2-way, sin- lenoid, closed, 2x3/2-way, sin- lenoid, closed, 2x3/2-way, sin-
5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way, gle solenoid, open, 2x3/2- gle solenoid, open, 2x3/2- gle solenoid, open, 2x3/2-
closed way, single solenoid, open/ way, single solenoid, open/ way, single solenoid, open/
closed, 5/2-way, double sole- closed, 5/2-way, double sole- closed, 5/2-way, double sole- 8
noid, 5/2-way, double solenoid, 5/2-way, double solenoid, 5/2-way, double sole-
noid, dominant signal, 5/2- noid, dominant signal, 5/2- noid, dominant signal, 5/2-
way, single solenoid, 5/3-way, way, single solenoid, 5/3-way, way, single solenoid, 5/3-way,
pressurised, 5/3-way, ex- pressurised, 5/3-way, ex- pressurised 1 to 2, 4 to 5
hausted, 5/3-way, closed hausted, 5/3-way, closed closed, 5/3-way, pressurised,
5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way,
closed, 5/3-way, port 2 pres-
surised, 4 exhausted, 5/3-
way, port 4 pressurised, 2 ex-
hausted
Electrical connection Plug, to EN 175301-803, to in- M8x1, M12x1, central plug, To DIN EN 175301-803, type Plug, plug-in, to ISO 15407-2,
dustry standard (11 mm), type round design, 3-pin, 4-pin C, with protective earth con- to ISO 5599-2, 2-pin, 4-pin
A, type B, 3-pin ductor, without protective
earth conductor
New • Additional versions • Electrical timer function • Option of manual override,
non-detenting, heavy-duty
• Electrical timer function
Quick ordering of
selected basic designs = = =
Description • NAMUR interface • Corresponds to ISO 5599-1 • Corresponds to ISO 15407-1 • For valve terminal VTSA/
• Rotatable seal for 3/2- or • Electrical connection via and to ISO 15218 for pilot VTSA-F
5/2-way valve central plug valve with interface • Robust metal housing
• Wide choice of EX solenoid • Robust metal housing • Electrical connection via
systems • Manifold assembly with type C plug
• Sturdy and powerful mixed sizes possible • Robust metal housing
• Extended temperature • Manifold assembly with
range mixed sizes possible
• Outstanding value for mon-
ey
online: è vsnc vsva vsva vtsa

¤ Valves
Pneumatic valves, to ISO 15407-1 Solenoid valves to ISO 5599-1 Pneumatic valves, to ISO 5599-1

VSPA MN1H, MFH, MDH, MEBH, MDH, JMN1H, VL, J, JD
JMN1DH, JMFH, JMFDH, JMDH, JMEBH,
JMEBDH, JMDDH
Type of control Pneumatic Electric Pneumatic
Pneumatic connection 1 Sub-base size 18 to ISO 15407-1, size 26 Sub-base size 1 to ISO 5599-1, size 2 to Sub-base size 1 to ISO 5599-1, size 2 to
to ISO 15407-1 ISO 5599-1, size 3 to ISO 5599-1, size 4 ISO 5599-1, size 3 to ISO 5599-1, size 4
to ISO 5599-1 to ISO 5599-1
Standard nominal 400 … 1100 l/min 1200 … 6000 l/min 1200 … 6000 l/min
flow rate
Valve function 2x3/2-way, monostable, closed, 2x3/2- 5/2-way, double solenoid, 5/2-way, dou- 5/2-way, bistable, 5/2-way, bistable,
way, monostable, open, 2x3/2-way, mon- ble solenoid, dominant signal, 5/2-way, dominant signal, 5/2-way, monostable,
ostable, open/closed, 5/2-way, bistable, single solenoid, 5/3-way, pressurised, 5/3-way, pressurised, 5/3-way, exhaust-
5/2-way, bistable, dominant signal, 5/2- 5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way, closed ed, 5/3-way, closed
way, monostable, 5/3-way, pressurised,
5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way, closed
8 Electrical connection M12x1, central plug, via F coil, to be or-
dered separately, via N1 coil, to be or-
dered separately, round design, to
DIN EN 175301-803
Description • Conforms to ISO 15407-1 • Conforms to ISO 5599-1 • Conforms to ISO 5599-1
• Pneumatic actuation • Robust metal housing • Pneumatic control
• Manifold assembly with mixed sizes • Manifold assembly with a mixture of
possible ISO sizes 1, 2 and 3 possible
• Extensive range of electrical connec-
tion options
• Wide range of vertical stacking mod-
ules: pressure regulator, flow control
valve, vertical pressure shut-off plate,
etc.
• Also available as a valve terminal
online: è vspa iso 5599-1 iso 5599-1
Standards-based valves, to ISO 15218 (CNOMO) Standards-based valves, NAMUR (VDI/VDE 3845)

MD, MDH, MGXDH, MGXIAH, VSCS NVF3
Type of control Electric Electric
Pneumatic connection 1 Sub-base G1/4
Standard nominal 18 … 50 l/min 900 l/min
flow rate
Valve function 2/2-way, single solenoid, closed 5/2-way or 3/2-way, single solenoid
Electrical connection M12x1, to DIN EN 175301-803, to IEC 61076-2-101, type A, Plug, 3-pin, or cable, 3-wire
type C
Description • CNOMO port and connection pattern, to ISO 15218 • NAMUR interface
• With or without manual override • Variants for use in Ex zone I
online: è iso 15218 namur

Valves ¤
Application-specific directional control valves
Ne
w
Control blocks Solenoid valves Solenoid valves Solenoid valves
VOFA VOFD VOFC VOVG
Design Piston spool valve Directly actuated poppet valve Piston spool, piloted piston Piston spool valve
poppet valve
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, closed, single sole- 3/2-way, single solenoid, 3/2-way, single-solenoid,
5/2-way, monostable noid, semi-automatic, 3/2- closed, 5/2-way, double sole- closed, 3/2-way, single-sole-
way, closed, single solenoid noid, 5/2-way, single solenoid noid, open, 5/2-way, sin-
gle-solenoid
Operating pressure 3 … 10 bar 0 … 12 bar 0 … 8 bar −0.9 … 8 bar
Ambient temperature −5 … 50 °C −50 … 60 °C −25 … 60 °C −5 … 50 °C
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4 G1/4 M5, M7, Sub-base
flow rate
Description • Redundantly constructed • Suitable for process auto- • Suitable for process auto- • Very compact valve for solu-
valve block, can be used for mation, for applications in mation, for applications in tions with extremely com-
safe reversing of a hazard- the chemical and petro- the chemical and petro- pact assembly 8
ous movement chemical industries chemical industries • Suitable for applications in
• Can be selected as a decen- • Suitable for outdoor use un- • Suitable for outdoor use un- the electronics and light as-
tralised individual connec- der harsh, dusty ambient der harsh, dusty ambient sembly industry
tion variant with electrical conditions conditions • In-line, semi in-line and sub-
and pneumatic individual • Especially suitable for quar- • Especially suitable for quar- base valve
connection or as a feature ter turn actuators thanks to ter turn actuators thanks to • Manifold rail for
integrated in the valve ter- NAMUR flange pattern NAMUR flange pattern 2 … 10 valves
minal VTSA/VTSA-F • Variants with TÜV approval • Valve can switch between
• Equipped with VSVA valves up to SIL4 acc. to IEC 61508 internal and external pilot
• Switching position sensing air
by sensors • Variants with TÜV approval
up to SIL3 acc. to IEC 61508
online: è vofa vofd vofc vofg

¤ Valves
Solenoid valves Solenoid valves Solenoid valves

MHA1, MHP1 MHE2, MHP2, MHA2, MHE3, MHP3, CDVI5.0
MHA3, MHE4, MHP4, MHA4
Design Poppet valve with spring return Pressure-relieved poppet valve Piston spool
Valve function 2/2-way, single solenoid, closed, 2x2/2- 3/2-way, single-solenoid, closed, 3/2- 2/2-way, single solenoid, closed, 2/2-
way, single solenoid, closed, 3/2-way, way, single-solenoid, open, 5/2-way, sin- way, single solenoid, open, 2x3/2-way,
single solenoid, closed, 3/2-way, single gle-solenoid single solenoid, closed, 2x3/2-way, sin-
solenoid, open gle solenoid, open, 3/2-way, single sole-
noid, closed, 3/2-way, single solenoid,
open, 5/2-way, double solenoid, 5/2-
way, single solenoid, 5/3-way, pressur-
ised, 5/3-way, exhausted, 5/3-way,
closed
Operating pressure −0.9 … 8 bar −0.9 … 8 bar −0.9 … 10 bar
Pneumatic connection 1 QS-3, QS-4, Sub-base, prepared for G1/4, G1/8, M7, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, Sub- Sub-base
8 QSP10 base
flow rate
Description • Directly actuated poppet valve • Directly actuated poppet valve • Clean Design sub-base valve
• Miniature valve: grid dimension 10 mm • Fast-switching valve: switching times • Easy-to-clean design
• Switching times down to 4 ms down to 2 ms
• Sub-base valve • Direct mounting, individual sub-base,
• Manifold block for 2 … 10 valves manifold assembly
• Manifold block for 2 … 10 valves
online: è mh1 mh2 cdvi5.0
Fast-switching valves Solenoid and pneumatic valves, M5 Compact System

MHJ9, MHJ10 J, JD, JMFH, MFH, MUFH, VD, VL, VL/O, VLL
Design Poppet valve without spring return Piston valve, disc seat valve
Valve function 2/2-way, monostable, closed 3/2-way, bistable/double solenoid, 3/2-way, monostable/sin-
gle solenoid, closed, 3/2-way, monostable/single solenoid,
open, 5/2-way, bistable/double solenoid, 5/2-way, bistable/
double solenoid, dominant signal, 5/2-way, monostable/sin-
gle solenoid
Operating pressure 0.5 … 8 bar −0.9 … 8 bar
Pneumatic connection 1 QS-4, QS-6, Sub-base PK-3
Standard nominal 50 … 160 l/min 50 … 105 l/min
flow rate
Description • Directly actuated poppet valve • Control elements with all functions for pneumatic sequence
• Individual valve with integrated QS fitting controls
• Switching frequencies of up to 1000 Hz • For control cabinet installation
• Service life > 500 million switching cycles • Fast replacement of components
online: è mhj9 m5-compact

Valves ¤
Manually actuated directional control valves: swivel lever valves
Ne
w
Hand lever valves Hand lever valves
VHER H-3-1/4-B, H-5-1/4-B
Valve function 4/3-way, pressurised, 4/3-way, exhausted, 4/3-way, closed 3/2-way, bistable, 5/2-way, bistable
Type of actuation Direct Direct
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, M5 G1/4
Operating pressure 0 … 10 bar −0.95 … 10 bar
Description • Lever in metal or polymer design • Die-cast aluminium design
• Front panel mounting, through or mounting holes
online: è vher n_v14
Manually actuated directional control valves: pushbutton valves

8
Pushbutton valves Pushbutton valves Pushbutton valves

VHEM-P K/O-3-PK K-3-M5
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, 3/2-way, monostable, open/closed 3/2-way, monostable, closed
monostable, open, 5/2-way, bistable,
5/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct, piloted Direct Direct
Standard nominal 500 … 1000 l/min 80 l/min 80 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/4, G1/8 PK-3 M5
Operating pressure −0.95 … 10 bar 0 … 8 bar −0.95 … 8 bar
Description • With button switch • With button switch • With button switch
• Reverse operation possible • Polymer design • Suitable for vacuum operation
• Ducted exhaust air • Sturdy die-cast zinc design
online: è vhem-p n_vpk k-3
Manually actuated directional control valves: pushbutton valves
Pushbutton valves Pushbutton valves

T-5/3-1/4 F-3-M5
Valve function 5/3-way, closed 2/2-way, monostable, closed
Type of actuation Piloted Direct
Standard nominal 680 l/min 80 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/4 M5
Description • With pushbutton • With pedal
• For positioning, for stopping in the event of an emergency • Suitable for vacuum operation
stop and for holding double-acting cylinders in any position • Sturdy die-cast zinc design
• Aluminium design
online: è n_msv f-3-m5

¤ Valves
Manually actuated directional control valves: finger lever valves
Finger lever valves Finger lever valves Finger lever valves Finger lever valves
VHEM-L TH/O-3-PK-3 THO-3-1/4-B H-4/3-M5
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, open/ 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 4/3-way, exhausted
3/2-way, monostable, open, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, open,
5/2-way, monostable 5/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct Direct Direct Piloted
Standard nominal 500 … 1000 l/min 80 l/min 80 … 600 l/min 125 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/4, G1/8 PK-3 G1/4, M5 M5
Operating pressure −0.95 … 10 bar 0 … 8 bar −0.95 … 10 bar 0 … 8 bar
Description • With finger lever • With finger lever • With finger lever • With detenting finger lever
• Mechanical spring return • Polymer design • Die-cast zinc or die-cast alu- • Front panel mounting or
• Quick mounting • Ducted exhaust air minium design mounting on sub-base
online: è vhem-l n_vpk th-3-m5 h-4
Manually actuated directional control valves: toggle lever valves
Toggle lever valves Toggle lever valves

KH/O-3-PK-3 H-5/3-1/4
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, open/closed 5/3-way, closed
Type of actuation Direct Piloted
Standard nominal 80 l/min 680 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port PK-3 G1/4
Operating pressure 0 … 8 bar 2 … 10 bar
Description • With toggle lever • With toggle lever
• Polymer design • For positioning, for stopping in the event of an emergency
• Ducted exhaust air stop and for holding double-acting cylinders in any position
online: è n_vpk n_msv

Valves ¤
Manually actuated directional control valves: foot valves
Foot valves Foot valves with detent

F-3-1/4-B, FO-3-1/4-B, F-5-1/4-B FP-3-1/4-B, FPB-3-1/4, FP-5-1/4-B
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, open, 3/2-way, bistable, 5/2-way, bistable
5/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct Direct
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/4 G1/4
Operating pressure −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 10 bar
Description • With foot pedal • With foot pedal with detent
• Sturdy die-cast zinc design • Sturdy die-cast zinc design
online: è fo-3 fpb-3
Manually operated directional control valves: selector switches 8
Selector switch
HW-6-38
Valve function 8/6-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct
Standard nominal 180 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port M5
Description • With rotary knob and arrow
• Front panel mounting or mounting on sub-base
• With six switching positions
online: è hw-6

¤ Valves
Manually operated directional control valves: front panel valves
Front panel valves Front panel valves Front panel valves

SV/O-3-PK-3x2 SVS-3-1/8, SVS-4-1/8, SVSO-3-1/8 SV-3-M5, SV-5-M5-B
Valve function 2x3/2-way, monostable, closed 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 5/2-way,
monostable, open, 4/2-way, monostable monostable
Type of actuation Direct Direct, piloted Direct
Standard nominal 70 l/min 120 l/min 65 … 95 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port PK-3 G1/8 M5
Operating pressure 0 … 8 bar 3.5 … 8 bar −0.95 … 8 bar
Description • For actuator attachments such as tog- • For actuator attachments such as • For actuator attachments such as
gle and selector switches pushbutton actuators, mushroom pushbutton actuators, mushroom
• Reliable coupling system for rapid pushbuttons, mushroom actuators, se- pushbuttons, mushroom pushbuttons
mounting and dismounting lector switches, toggle levers, key ac- with detent, selector switches or tog-
• Polymer design tuators gle levers
• Reliable coupling system for quick • Reliable coupling system for quick
mounting and dismounting mounting and dismounting
8 • Polymer design
online: è sv svos sv-3
Mechanically operated directional control valves: stem actuated valves
Stem actuated valves Stem actuated valves Stem actuated micro valves Stem actuated valves
VMEM-S V/O-3-PK-3, V/O-3-1/8 S-3-PK-3-B, SO-3-PK-3-B VS-3-1/8, VS-4-1/8,
VOS-3-1/8
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, open/ 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, closed,
3/2-way, monostable, open, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, open 3/2-way, monostable, open,
5/2-way, monostable 4/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct, piloted Direct Direct Piloted
Standard nominal 500 … 1000 l/min 80 … 140 l/min 60 l/min 140 … 161 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/4, G1/8 PK-3, G1/8 PK-3 G1/8
Operating pressure −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 8 bar −0.95 … 8 bar 3.5 … 8 bar
Description • Light weight • Through-holes in housing • Dimensions to DIN 41635, • Aluminium design
• Small size • Polymer or aluminium de- type A • Minimal actuating force
• Various actuator attach- sign • Polymer design with pilot control
ments • Various actuator attach-
ments
online: è vmem n_v18 s-3-pk vos

Valves ¤
Mechanically operated directional control valves: stem actuated valves
Stem actuated valves Limit switches with push-in connector Limit stop signal generators with push-
V-3-1/4-B, V-5-1/4-B, VO-3-1/4-B SDK in connector
SDV
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, 3/2-way, monostable, closed 3/2-way, monostable, closed
monostable, open, 5/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct Direct Direct
Standard nominal 550 … 600 l/min 16 l/min 8 … 16 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/4 PK-3 PK-3
Operating pressure −0.95 … 10 bar 0 … 8 bar 0 … 8 bar
Description • Die-cast aluminium design • For end-position sensing and position • For end-position sensing and position
control control
• High accuracy • High precision and low actuating forc-
• Stainless steel design es
• Sturdy design
online: è vo-3 sdk sdv
8
Mechanically operated directional control valves: roller lever valves
Roller lever valves Roller lever valves Roller lever valves

R/O-3-PK-3 RS-3-1/8, RS-4-1/8, ROS-3-1/8 R-3-M5, R-3-1/4-B, R-5-1/4-B,
RO-3-1/4-B
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, open/closed 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way,
monostable, open, 4/2-way, monostable monostable, open, 5/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct Piloted Direct
Standard nominal 80 l/min 128 … 169 l/min 80 … 600 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port PK-3 G1/8 G1/4, M5
Description • With roller lever • With roller lever • With roller lever
• Polymer design • Aluminium design • Die-cast aluminium design
• Ducted exhaust air • Minimal actuating force with pilot con-
trol
online: è n_vpk ros-3 ro-3

¤ Valves
Mechanically operated directional control valves: roller lever valves with idle return
Toggle lever valves Roller lever valves with idle return Roller lever valves with idle return
L/O-3-PK-3 LS-3-1/8, LS-4-1/8, LOS-3-1/8 L-3-M5, L-3-1/4-B, L-4-1/4-B,
LO-3-1/4-B
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, open/closed 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way,
monostable, open, 4/2-way, monostable monostable, open, 5/2-way, monostable
Type of actuation Direct Piloted Direct
Standard nominal 80 l/min 128 … 175 l/min 80 … 600 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port PK-3 G1/8 G1/4, M5
Description • With roller lever with idle return • With toggle lever • With roller lever
• Polymer design • Aluminium design • Die-cast aluminium design
• Ducted exhaust air • Minimal actuating force with pilot con-
trol
online: è n_vpk los-3 lo-3
Mechanically operated directional control valves: swivel lever valves
Swivel lever valves Pneumatic limit valves Swivel lever valves

RW/O-3-1/8 RWN/O-3-1/8-B RW-3-M5
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, open/closed 3/2-way, monostable, open/closed 3/2-way, monostable, closed
Type of actuation Direct Direct Direct
Standard nominal 140 l/min 120 l/min 80 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/8 G1/8 M5
Description • Basic valve for actuator attachments • Directly actuated in one direction • With swivel lever
such as swivel lever short, long, swivel • Aluminium design • Sturdy die-cast zinc design
lever rod • Various actuator attachments
online: è rw rwn rw-3

Valves ¤
Mechanically operated directional control valves: whisker valves
Whisker valves
FVS-3-1/8, FVSO-3-1/8
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable, closed, 3/2-way, monostable, open
Type of actuation Piloted
Standard nominal 146 … 175 l/min
flow rate
Pneumatic working port G1/8
Operating pressure 3.5 … 8 bar
Description • With whisker
• For sensing dissimilar workpieces or workpieces not precisely in position
• Minimal actuating force with pilot control
online: è fvs-3
8
Check valves and quick exhaust valves
Check valves, piloted Quick exhaust valves Check valves

VBNF VBQF H, HA, HB
Pneumatic connection 1 QS-6, QS-8 G1/4, G1/8, QS-6, QS-8 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5, QS-
10, QS-12, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, R1/2,
R1/4, R1/8, R3/8
flow rate
Standard flow rate ex- 850 … 2500 l/min
haust 6->0 bar
flow rate pressurisation
6->5 bar
flow rate 1 -> 2 from 6 to
5 bar
Operating pressure 0.2 … 10 bar −1 … 12 bar
Operating pressure for 0.2 … 10 bar
entire temperature
range
Description • Minimal height • Minimal height • Valve function: non-return
• High flow rate • High flow rate • Screw-in or in-line installation
• Can be rotated horizontally through • Reduced noise emission • With connecting thread at both ends,
360° when mounted • Available with silencer push-in connector at both ends,
• Available with ducted or unducted ex- thread/push-in connector
haust air
online: è vbnf vbqf h-qs

¤ Valves
Check valves and quick exhaust valves
Check valves, piloted Manual override Quick exhaust valves

HGL HAB SE, SEU
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, QS-10, QS- G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8
12, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8
Standard nominal
flow rate
Standard flow rate ex- 165 l/min 550 … 7500 l/min
haust 6->0 bar
flow rate pressurisation
6->5 bar
flow rate 1 -> 2 from 6 to
5 bar
Operating pressure 0.5 … 10 bar 0 … 10 bar 0.2 … 10 bar
Operating pressure for
8 entire temperature
range
Quick ordering of
Description • Valve function: piloted non-return • Valve function: exhaust component • Valve function: quick exhaust
function • For check valve HGL • Shut-off valve, piloted
• Pneumatically piloted • For manually exhausting air trapped in • Screw-in
• Screw-in with male thread a cylinder • With or without silencer
• Pilot air connection: M5, G1/8, G1/4,
G3/8, QS-4
online: è hgl hab se
Ball valves and on-off valves

Ne
w
Hand slide valves On-off valves Ball valves

VBOH HE QH, QHS
Valve function 3/2-way, monostable 2/2-way bistable, 3/2-way bistable 2/2-way, bistable
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5 QS-10, QS-12, QS-6, QS-8, R1/2, R1/4, G1, G1 1/2, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8, QS-
R1/8, R3/8 4, QS-6, R1/8
flow rate
Operating pressure −0.95 … 12 bar −0.95 … 10 bar −1 … 10 bar
Description • Used as a shut-off function for pressur- • Shut-off valve, manually actuated • Shut-off valve, manually actuated
ising and exhausting compressed air • Connection: thread at both ends, push- • In-line installation, can be screwed in,
systems, for example, upstream of ser- in connector at both ends, thread/ bulkhead fitting
vice unit combinations, for air guns push-in connector • Variants: thread at both ends, push-in
and also for exhausting pneumatic cyl- connector at both ends, threaded/
inders push-in connector
• Non-overlapping, so no pressure loss-
es when switching
• Minimal installation
online: è vboh he qh

Valves ¤
Logic valves
OR gates Amplifier modules NOT modules AND gates

OS VK VLO ZK
Valve function OR function AND function
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, PK-3, PK-4 M5 M5 G1/8, PK-3, PK-4
Standard nominal 100 … 5000 l/min 80 l/min 80 l/min 100 … 550 l/min
flow rate
Operating pressure 0.001 … 10 bar 0.001 … 6 bar 0.001 … 6 bar 0.001 … 10 bar
Description • Pneumatic control system • For pneumatic sensors • For pneumatic sensors • Dual-pressure valve
• Mounting via through-holes • Connects two input signals
in the AND function
• Mounting via through-holes
online: è os vk vlo zk
Pressure regulators 8
Pressure regulators Differential pressure regulators

LR, LRMA LRL, LRLL
Pressure regulation 1 … 8 bar 2 … 6 bar
range
flow rate
Nominal flow rate, 30 … 730 l/min
closed
Nominal flow rate, open 30 … 760 l/min
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, G1/8, M5, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5
Pneumatic connection 2 QS-4, QS-6, QS-8 QS-10, QS-12, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8
Description • Piston regulator with through pressure supply • Piston regulator with through pressure supply
• Optionally with pressure gauge • Without pressure gauge
• Directly actuated • Connections: thread/push-in connector on top or at the side
• Connections: push-in connector at both ends, thread/push- • Push-in connector, can be rotated 360°
in connector
• Push-in connector, can be rotated 360°
online: è lrma lrl

¤ Valves
One-way flow control valves
One-way flow control One-way flow control valves One-way flow control valves One-way flow control valves
valves VFOF VFOC GRLA, GRLZ, CRGRLA, GRGA, GRGZ,
VFOH GRLSA
Valve function Exhaust air one-way flow Exhaust air one-way flow Supply air one-way flow con- Exhaust air one-way flow control
control function control function trol function function, one-way flow control func-
tion, supply air one-way flow control
function
Pneumatic connection 1 QS-10, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8 QS-6, QS-8 QS-4, QS-6 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M3,
M5, PK-3, PK-3 with union nut, PK-4,
PK-4 with union nut, PK-6 with un-
ion nut, QS-10, QS-12, QS-3, QS-4,
QS-6, QS-8
flow rate in flow control
direction
Adjusting element External hex Internal hex Slotted head screw Knurled screw, slotted head screw,
8 internal hex
Quick ordering of
Description • Easy-to-clean design • Minimal height • Shut-off valve, flow con- • Flow control valve, flow control at
• Increased corrosion pro- • High flow rate trol at one end one end
tection • Can be rotated horizontal- • Metal design • Polymer, metal or stainless steel
• Can be rotated horizon- ly through 360° when • Precision adjustment for design
tally through 360° when mounted low and medium speeds • Standard, mini, in-line variants
mounted • Functional combination of • Push-in connector/push-in with different flow rates
one-way flow control valve sleeve • Functional combination of one-
and piloted non-return way flow control valve and piloted
valve non-return valve
• Connections: thread at both ends,
push-in connector at both ends,
threaded/push-in connector
online: è vfoh vfof vfoc grla
One-way flow control valves One-way flow control valves One-way flow control valves
GRXA GR, GRA GG, GGO, GRR
Valve function Exhaust air one-way flow control function One-way flow control function One-way flow control function
Pneumatic connection 1 QS-4, QS-6, QS-8 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M3, M5, G1/2, G1/4
QS-3, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8
Standard nominal 130 … 280 l/min 29.5 … 3300 l/min 870 … 1300 l/min
direction
Adjusting element Slotted head screw Knurled screw Roller lever
Description • Functional combination of one-way • Non-return and flow control valve • Non-return and flow control valve
flow control valve and piloted check • In-line installation • With roller lever
valve
• Holding function and speed adjust-
ment in one housing
• Additional supply port for holding
crossover connection
online: è grxa-hg gra gg

Valves ¤
Precision one-way flow control valves One-way flow control valves, M5 Compact System
GRP GRF
Valve function One-way flow control function One-way flow control function
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/8, PK-3, PK-4 PK-3
Standard nominal 3.8 … 75.8 l/min 45 l/min
direction
Adjusting element Rotary knob with scale Knurled screw
Description • Non-return and flow control valve • Complete system offering control components with all the
• Mounting on sub-base or for front panel mounting functions required for pneumatic sequence controls
• For control cabinet installation
• Fast replacement of components
online: è grp m5-compact
Flow control valves 8
Flow control silencers Flow control valves Flow control valves, barbed Y-connector
VFFK GRLO, GRGO with restrictor
GRO, Y-PK3
Valve function Flow control/silencer function Flow control function Flow control function
Pneumatic connection 1 M5, M7, R1/4, R1/8 M3, M5 G1/4, G1/8, M5, PK-3, QS-3, QS-4, QS-6
Standard flow rate in 33 … 169 l/min
flow control direction
6->0 bar
direction
Standard flow rate 6-> 0 … 420 l/min
0 bar
Adjusting element Knurled screw Slotted head screw Knurled screw
Description • With polymer silencer • Flow control valve, flow control at both • Flow control valve, flow control at both
ends ends
• Standard or mini flow control valve • In-line flow control valve
• Precision adjustment for low and medi- • Connections: push-in connector at
um speeds both ends
• Connections: thread at both ends, • Connections: in-line, Y-shape
thread/push-in connector • Polymer design
• Connections: elbow outlet or parallel
outlet
• Metal design
online: è vffk grlo gro

¤ Valves
Flow control valves
Precision flow control valves Exhaust air flow control valves, flow Restrictors
GRPO control/silencers VMPA1-FT
GRU, GRE
Valve function Flow control function Flow control/silencer function Flow control function
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/8, PK-3, PK-4 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8 Sub-base
Standard flow rate in 5.2 … 129 l/min
flow control direction
6->0 bar
Standard nominal 3.8 … 75.8 l/min 520 … 3600 l/min 3.5 … 115 l/min
direction
Standard flow rate 6-> 0 … 8000 l/min
0 bar
Adjusting element Rotary knob with scale Slotted head screw
Description • Connections: threaded connection at • Exhaust air flow control valve GRE: sin- • Flow control function
both ends, push-in connector at both tered metal • Mounting: screw-in
8 ends • Flow control/silencer GRU: polymer
• Metal design
online: è grpo gre vmpa1
Time delay valves
Time delay valves, M5 Compact System Time delay valves

VLK, VZ, VZO VZA, VZOA, VZB, VZOB
Pneumatic port PK-3 G1/4, G1/8
flow rate
Adjustable time delay 0.25 … 5 s 0 … 30 s
Operating pressure 2.5 … 8 bar 0 … 10 bar
Type of mounting Optional: front panel mounting, on mounting frame With through-hole
Description • Complete system offering control components with all the • Time delay infinitely adjustable
functions required for pneumatic sequence controls
• For control cabinet installation
• Fast replacement of components
online: è m5-compact vza

Valves ¤
Proportional valves
Proportional flow control Proportional pressure Proportional pressure Proportional directional

valves regulators regulators control valves
VPCF VPPX VPPM VPWP
Valve function 3-way proportional flow con- 3-way proportional pressure 3-way proportional pressure 5/3-way proportional direc-
trol valve regulator regulator tional control valve, closed
Pneumatic connection 1 G3/8 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, Sub-base G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, Sub-base G1/4, G1/8, G3/8
Pressure regulation 0.1 … 10 bar 0.02 … 10 bar
range
Operating pressure for 4 … 8 bar
flow rate
Description • Linear characteristic curve • Pressure regulator with ad- • Pilot actuated pressure reg- • Regulated piston spool
for simple programming ditional sensor input ulator valve
• ATEX-certified • Multi-sensor control (cas- • Multi-sensor control (cas- • Digital actuation
• Highly dynamic cade control) cade control) • Integrated pressure sensors 8
• Piston spool with integrated • Control characteristic ad- • Integration in valve terminal for monitoring function and
sensor justable via FCT software MPA force control
• Electrical connection via • Integrated pressure sensor • User interface with LED dis- • With auto identification
M12x1 plug, 8-pin with separate output plays, LCD display, adjust- • Diagnostic function
• Pressure is maintained if ment/selection buttons • Integrated digital output,
the controller fails • Integrated pressure sensor e. g. for a clamping/brake
• Electrical connection via unit
plug, round design, 8-pin, • Suitable for servo-pneumat-
M12 or terminal linking ic applications with CPX-
CMAX and CPX-CMPX
online: è vpcf vppx vppm vpwp

¤ Valves
Proportional valves
Ne
w
Proportional pressure Proportional pressure Proportional directional Proportional directional
regulators regulators control valves control valves
MPPES VPPE MPYE VPPL
Valve function 3-way proportional pressure 3-way proportional pressure 5/3-way, closed 3-way proportional pressure
regulator, closed regulator, 3-way proportional regulator, closed
pressure regulator, closed
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8 G1/8 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5 G1/4, Flange
Pressure regulation 0 … 10 bar 0.02 … 10 bar 0.2 … 40 bar
range
Operating pressure ≤12 bar 8 bar 0 … 10 bar ≤50 bar
Standard nominal 310 … 1250 l/min 100 … 2000 l/min 300 l/min
flow rate
New • New series
Description • Directly actuated (G1/8), pi- • Pilot actuated pressure reg- • Regulated piston spool • For high-pressure applica-
8 lot actuated (G1/4, G1/2) ulator valve tions
• Setpoint value input as ana- • Setpoint input as analogue • Analogue actuation • Directly actuated piston reg-
logue voltage or current sig- voltage signal (0 … 10 V) • Setpoint input as analogue ulator
nal • Electrical connection via voltage signal (0 … 10 V) • Available in three variants:
• Choice of pressure regula- M12x1 plug, 4-pin • Suitable for servo-pneumat- flanged valve, flanged valve
tion ranges • Optionally with setpoint ic applications with SPC11 with external pilot air sup-
• Optionally with setpoint module ply, in-line valve
module
• Electrical connection via
plug, round design to
DIN 45326, M16 x 0.75,
8-pin
online: è mppes vppe mpye vppl

Valves ¤
Electrically actuated process and media valves
Solenoid valves Reverse jet pulse valves Solenoid valves

VZWD VZWE-E, VZWE-F VZWF
Design Directly actuated poppet valve Angled version, straight version with Diaphragm valve, force pilot operated
flange, diaphragm valve
Type of actuation Electric Electric Electric
Nominal width 1 … 6 mm 20 … 76 mm 13.5 … 50 mm
Process valve G1/4, G1/8, NPT1/4, NPT1/8 G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G1/4, G2,
connection G3/4, G3/8, NPT1, NPT1 1/2, NPT1 1/4,
NPT1/2, NPT1/4, NPT2, NPT3/4, NPT3/8
Process valve Flange diameter 60 mm, 75 mm, 89 mm,
connection 1 G1, G1 1/2, G2, G2 1/2, G3/4
Process valve Flange diameter 145.5 mm, 162 mm,
connection 2 59 mm, 74 mm, G1, G1 1/2, G2, G2 1/2,
G3/4
Temperature of medium −10 … 80 °C −10 … 80 °C
Operating pressure 0 … 90 bar 0.35 … 8 bar 0 … 10 bar
Medium pressure of 8
gaseous media
Medium pressure of
liquid media
Flow rate Kv 0.06 … 0.4 m³/h 15 … 210 m³/h 1.8 … 28 m³/h
Quick ordering of
Description • Extensive pressure range • High flow rates • High flow rates
• Directly actuated poppet valve • For mechanically cleaning filters and • Large nominal diameters with relative-
• No pressure difference required dust filter systems ly small solenoids
• Can also be used in vacuum technolo- • Fast opening and closing times • No pressure difference required
gy • Sturdy pilot system • Can also be used in vacuum technolo-
gy
online: è vzwd vzwe vzwf

¤ Valves
Electrically actuated process and media valves

VZWM VZWP MN1H
Design Poppet valve with diaphragm seal Piloted piston poppet valve Diaphragm valve
Nominal width 13 … 50 mm 13 … 25 mm 13 … 40 mm
Process valve connec- G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G1/4, G2, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8, NPT1, G1, G1 1/2, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8
tion G3/4, G3/8 NPT1/2, NPT1/4, NPT3/4, NPT3/8
Process valve connec-
tion 1
Process valve connec-
tion 2
Temperature of medium −10 … 60 °C −10 … 80 °C −10 … 60 °C
Operating pressure 0.5 … 40 bar 0.5 … 10 bar
Medium pressure of gas- 0.5 … 10 bar
eous media
Medium pressure of liq- 0.5 … 6 bar
8 uid media
Flow rate Kv 1.6 … 39 m³/h 1.5 … 11.5 m³/h
Quick ordering of
Description • Poppet valve with diaphragm seal • For all applications with a differential • Pilot operated diaphragm valve
• Brass or stainless steel casting design pressure of min. 0.5 bar • Brass design
• Electrical connection via solenoid ar- • For high pressures and high flow rates • Can only be used for gaseous media
mature with relatively small solenoids • Adjustable closing cushioning, in-line
• Wide range of coils • For controlling gaseous and liquid me- mounting or through-hole
• Coil can be ordered separately dia in open circuits
online: è vzwm vzwp mn1h-2

Valves ¤
Pneumatically and mechanically actuated process and media valves
Ne
w
Pinch valves Angle seat valves Ball valves Ball valves
VZQA VZXF VAPB VZBC
Design Pinch valve, pneumatically ac- Poppet valve with spring re- 2-way ball valve 2-way ball valve
tuated turn
Valve function 2/2-way closed, monostable, 2/2-way, closed, monostable 2/2
2/2-way open, monostable
Type of actuation Pneumatic Pneumatic Mechanical Mechanical
Nominal width 12 … 45 mm
Nominal width DN 6 mm, 15 mm, 25 mm 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm,
32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm,
63 mm 65 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm
Process valve connec- G1, G1/2, G1/4, NPT1/2, G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G2, Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Ring housing with threaded
tion NPT1/4, Clamp to ASME-BPE G3/4, NPT1, NPT1 1/2, NPT1 Rp1/2, Rp1/4, Rp2, Rp2 1/2, flange
type A, clamp to ASME-BPE 1/4, NPT1/2, NPT2, NPT3/4 Rp3/4, Rp3/8
type B, clamp to DIN 32676
series A
Flow rate Kv 0.7 … 18 m³/h 3.3 … 43 m³/h 5.9 … 535 m³/h 19.4 … 1414 m³/h 8
Standard nominal
flow rate
Temperature of medium −5 … 100 °C −40 … 200 °C −20 … 150 °C −10 … 200 °C
New • Additional connection size
• Modular, interchangeable
component parts
Quick ordering of
Description • Modular design • Sturdy design • Automatable 2-way ball • Automatable 2-way ball
• Quick and easy replacement • Stainless steel and gunmet- valve valve with compact flange
of the diaphragm al process valves with stain- • Brass design • Stainless steel design
• Selection of different mate- less steel, brass or alumini- • Blow-out proof shaft • Short installation length
rials for housing and con- um actuators • Manual operation possible • Blow-out proof shaft
nector caps • For operating pressures up using hand lever • Manual operation possible
• Different connection cap de- to 40 bar • Connecting thread to using hand lever
signs (G and NPT thread), • Safety position “closing” DIN 2999 or DIN ISO 228-1 • Connecting thread to
clamp ferrule to DIN 32676 • Different actuator sizes and • Mounting flange to DIN 2999 or DIN ISO 228-1
and ASME-BPE) housing materials ISO 5211 • Mounting flange to
• For critical, abrasive and vis- • Selection of different seat ISO 5211
cous media and shaft seals • ATEX certification for zone
• Up to 2 million switching cy- • Flow direction is freely se- 1, 21, 2, 22
cles lectable
• FDA-compliant materials • For liquids, gases and other
• Easy-to-clean design easily contaminated media
• Flow direction is freely se- • Easy-to-clean design
lectable
online: è vzqa vzxf vapb vzbc

¤ Valves
Ball valve actuator units Ball valves Ball valve actuator units
VZBC VZBA VZBA
Design 2-way ball valve, quarter turn actuator 2-way ball valve, 3-way ball valve, 2-way ball valve, 3-way ball valve,
L-shaped hole, T-shaped hole L-shaped hole, quarter turn actuator,
T-shaped hole
Valve function 2/2, 3/2
Type of control Pneumatic Mechanical Pneumatic
Nominal width
Nominal width DN 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm,
50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm,
100 mm 100 mm
Process valve connec- Ring housing with threaded flange Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4, Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4,
tion Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3, Rp3/4, Rp3/8, Rp4, Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3, Rp3/4, Rp3/8, Rp4,
Weld-on ends/weld-on ends Weld-on ends/weld-on ends
Flow rate Kv 19.4 … 1414 m³/h 7 … 1414 m³/h 7 … 1414 m³/h
Standard nominal
8 flow rate
Operating pressure
Description • Ball valve actuator unit with dou- • Automatable 2-way or 3-way ball valve • Ball valve actuator unit with dou-
ble-acting or single-acting quarter turn • Stainless steel design ble-acting or single-acting quarter turn
actuator • Blow-out proof shaft actuator
• Stainless steel ball valve in compact • Manual operation possible using hand • Stainless steel ball valve
design lever • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid
• NAMUR port pattern for solenoid • Connecting thread to DIN 2999 or DIN valves/sensor boxes to VDI/VDE 3845
valves/sensor boxes to VDI/VDE 3845 ISO 228-1 • Flow is fully opened or closed in both
• Flow is fully opened or closed in both • Mounting flange to ISO 5211 directions
directions • ATEX certification for zone 1, 21, 2, 22 • ATEX certification for zone 1, 21, 2, 22
• ATEX certification for zone 1, 21, 2, 22
online: è vzbc vzba vzba
Pneumatic valves Ball valve actuator units

VLX VZPR
Design Diaphragm valve 2-way ball valve, quarter turn actuator
Type of actuation Pneumatic Electric, pneumatic
Nominal width DN 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm
Process valve connec- G1, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8 Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4, Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3/4,
tion Rp3/8
Flow rate Kv
flow rate
Description • Poppet valve • Ball valve actuator unit with double-acting quarter turn actu-
• Indirectly actuated ator
• Brass design • Brass ball valve
• In-line mounting or via through-holes • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid valves/sensor boxes to
VDI/VDE 3845
• Flow is fully opened or closed in both directions
online: è vlx vzpr

Valves ¤
Pneumatic control systems
Quickstepper Control blocks for two-hand start Pneumatic counters, M5 Compact Sys-
FSS ZSB tem
PZ, PZA, PZV
Design Sequencer, additive Mechanical sequence counter with
pneumatic drive
Pneumatic connection M5
Type of mounting Optionally: with through hole, with fe- Front panel mounting, with through-hole
male thread
Description • Pneumatic/mechanical sequencer with • Used wherever manual actuation pos- • Complete system offering control com-
12 steps and start logic circuits es a risk of accident to operating per- ponents with all the functions required
• Ready-to-install sequence controller sonnel for pneumatic sequence controls
• Feeback-controlled motion sequences • Safety component in accordance with • For control cabinet installation
• Fast replacement, tubing can be left in EU Machinery Directive • Fast replacement of components
place • Available with protective cap
online: è fss zsb pza
8
Pneumatic control systems
Timers, M5 Compact System Electric counters

PZVT, PZVT-S, PZVT-FR, PZVT-AUT CCES
Design Mechanical sequence counter with pneumatic drive Electric adding counter with battery
Pneumatic connection Female thread M5
Type of mounting Front panel mounting Front panel mounting
Description • Complete system offering control components with all the • 8-digit LCD display
functions required for pneumatic sequence controls • Independent power supply
• For control cabinet installation • Connection via terminal strip
• Fast replacement of components • Reset button
• Mechanical sequence counter with pneumatic drive
• Adjustable time delay
• Available with protective cap
online: è pzvt cces

¤ Valves

Valves with customised designs
Can’t find the valve you need in our catalogue?
• Coatings for special ambient conditions
• Customised cables: length, pin allocation, pre-assembled with plug
• Modified actuating elements
• Modified connecting thread
• Modified valve sub-bases
py to help.
 www.festo.com

Valve terminals ¤
Software tool Valve terminals
2017/01
Product finder for valve Find the right valve terminal quickly with the help of the product finder. Start the
terminals product finder by clicking on the blue button “Product finder " under “Products”.
Select your technical features on the left-hand side step-by-step; the selection of
suitable products on the right-hand side is automatically updated to reflect the
chosen technical features.
The use of logic checks ensures that only correct configurations are available for
selection.
The product finder for valve terminals is part of the electronic catalogue and is not
available as a separate software program.
Universal valve terminals
Ne
Ne
Ne
w
w
w
Valve manifolds Valve terminals with multi- Valve manifolds Valve terminals
VTUG-S pin plug/fieldbus connection VTUS MPA-L
VTUG
Width 10 mm, 14 mm, 18 mm 10 mm, 14 mm, 18 mm 21 mm, 26.5 mm, 31 mm 10 mm, 14 mm, 20 mm
Standard nominal flow 1380 l/min at 18 mm, 1200 l/min at 18 mm, 600 … 2300 l/min 360 l/min at 10 mm, 9
rate 380 l/min at 10 mm, 330 l/min at 10 mm, 670 l/min at 14 mm,
780 l/min at 14 mm 630 l/min at 14 mm 870 l/min at 20 mm
Max. number of valve 16 24 16 32
positions
Electrical actuation An individual connection Fieldbus, multi-pin plug, An individual connection Fieldbus, multi-pin plug,
IO‑Link®, I‑Port IO‑Link®, I‑Port
Valve terminal design Fixed grid Fixed grid Fixed grid Modular, valve sizes can be
mixed
New • Control cabinet cover for en- • Additional width • Check valve kit ducts 3 and
hanced corrosion protection 5 for MPA14 and MPA2
valves
Description • Compact with small VUVG • Low-cost fixed grid • Robust VUVS valves with • Maximum modularity
valves • Extremely easy assembly long service life • Single granular
• Connection technology easy • Exchangeable electrical ac- • Individual electrical connec- • Polymer sub-base
to change via the E-box tuation tion • 3 valve sizes
• Wide range of valve func- • IO‑Link® capable • Pilot air supply in the mani- • Fieldbus connection via CPX
tions • Valves VUVG with individual fold rail • IO‑Link® capable
• Also with semi in-line valves electrical connection can be • Comprehensive range of ac-
integrated cessories
• Also available with pneu-
matic multiple connector
plate
online: è vtug vtug vtus mpa-l

¤ Valve terminals
Ne
Ne
w
w
Valve terminals Valve terminals Valve terminals, Compact Performance
MPA-S VTSA-F CPV
Width 10 mm, 20 mm 18 mm, 26 mm, 42 mm, 52 mm, 65 mm 10 mm, 14 mm, 18 mm
Standard nominal flow 360 l/min at 10 mm, 700 l/min at 20 mm 700 l/min at 18 mm, 1350 l/min at 400 l/min at 10 mm, 800 l/min at
rate 26 mm, 1860 l/min at 42 mm, 2900 l/min 14 mm, 1600 l/min at 18 mm
at 52 mm, 4000 l/min at 65 mm
Max. number of valve 64 32 8
positions
Electrical actuation Fieldbus, multi-pin plug, electrical termi- Ethernet, fieldbus, multi-pin plug, electri- AS-Interface®, CPI installation system,
nal CPX, AS-Interface®, CP installation cal terminal CPX, integrated controller, individual connection, fieldbus, multi-pin
system AS-Interface® connection plug
Valve terminal design Modular, valve sizes can be mixed Modular, valve sizes can be mixed Fixed grid
New • Check valve kit ducts 3 and 5 for MPA2 • Additional safety-oriented 5/3-way
valves valves
Description • Valve terminals for universal applica- • Flow rate-optimised VTSA valve termi- • Maximum performance in the smallest
tions nal of spaces
• High-performance valves in a sturdy • Linking with increased flow rates • Three sizes
metal housing • Functions as per VTSA • Wide range of connection and mount-
• Metal linking ing options
9 • Two valve sizes can be combined • Multi-pin or fieldbus control
• Excellent communication thanks to se- • IO‑Link® capable
rial linking
• Fieldbus connection via CPX
• Max. 128 valves
online: è mpa-s vtsa cpv
Valve manifolds, Compact Performance Valve terminals Valve terminals

CPV10-EX CPV-SC VTUB-12
Width 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm, 24 mm
Standard nominal flow 400 l/min, 400 l/min bei 10 mm 170 l/min at 10 mm 400 l/min at 12 mm
rate
positions
Electrical actuation An individual connection CPI installation system, individual con- Fieldbus, multi-pin plug
nection, fieldbus, multi-pin plug
Valve terminal design Fixed grid Fixed grid Fixed grid
Description • Intrinsically safe valve manifold design • Small and compact • Compact dimensions
to ATEX Category 2 (zone 1) • High flow rate even with compact de- • Poppet valves in polymer technology
• Optimised for control cabinet assem- sign • Multi-pin or fieldbus control
bly • Suitable for vacuum • IO‑Link® capable
• Optimal for pilot control of process • Multi-pin or fieldbus control
valves
online: è cpv10-ex cpv-sc vtub-12

Valve terminals ¤
Standards-based valve terminals
Ne
w
Valve manifolds, to ISO 15407-1 Valve terminals
VTIA VTSA
Width 18 mm, 26 mm 18 mm, 26 mm, 42 mm, 52 mm, 65 mm
Max. standard nominal 1100 l/min at 26 mm, 550 l/min at 18 mm 1100 l/min at 26 mm, 1300 l/min at 42 mm, 2900 l/min at
flow rate 52 mm, 4000 l/min at 65 mm, 550 l/min at 18 mm
Max. number of valve 16 32
positions
Electrical actuation Individual connection Individual connection, Ethernet, fieldbus, multi-pin plug, inte-
grated controller
Valve terminal design Modular, valve sizes can be mixed Modular, valve sizes can be mixed
New • Additional safety-oriented 5/3-way valves
Description • Conforms to ISO 15407-1 • Conforms to ISO 15407-2/ISO 5599-2
• Wide range of individual electrical connections • Multi-pin plug connection or fieldbus connection via the CPX
• Two valve sizes can be combined system
• Five valve sizes can be combined on one valve terminal
• Integrated safety functions
online: è vtia vtsa
Application-specific valve terminals 9

Ne
w
Valve terminals Valve terminals Valve terminals

MPA-C VTOC MH1
Width 14 mm 10 mm 10 mm
Standard nominal flow 780 l/min at 14 mm 10 l/min at 10 mm 10 l/min at 10 mm
rate
positions
Electrical actuation Multi-pin plug, IO‑Link, I‑Port Multi-pin plug, IO‑Link, I‑Port Individual connection, multi-pin plug
Valve terminal design Modular and expandable Fixed grid Fixed grid
New • Check valves in sub-base, ducts 3 and
5
Description • Valve terminals in Clean Design • Compact pilot valves • Miniaturised poppet valves
• Easy-to-clean design • Compact assembly • Multi-pin or electrical individual con-
• High corrosion resistance • Greater safety thanks to interlock func- nection
• Protection class IP69K tion
• FDA-compliant materials • Multi-pin or fieldbus control
• Redundant sealing system • IO‑Link® capable
online: è mpa-c vtoc mh1

¤ Valve terminals
Electrical peripherals
Ne
w
Fieldbus modules CPI installation systems Terminal Terminal
CTEU CTEC CPX CPX-P
Protocol Modbus® TCP, PROFIBUS DP, INTERBUS, DeviceNet, PROFI- INTERBUS, DeviceNet, PROFI- DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, Ether-
AS-Interface®, CANopen, CC- BUS, CANopen, CC-Link, BUS, CANopen, CC-Link, Net/IP, PROFINET, ModbusTCP
Link, CPI-B, DeviceNet, Ether- Ether-Net/IP, PROFINET, Ether- Ether-Net/IP, PROFINET, Ether-
CAT, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET CAT, ModbusTCP CAT, ModbusTCP
Max. address capacity, 2 … 64 byte 16 byte 64 byte 64 byte
inputs
Max. address capacity, 2 … 64 byte 16 byte 64 byte 64 byte
outputs
Parameterisation Activate diagnostics, diagnos- Diagnostic behaviour, fail-safe Diagnostic behaviour, fail-safe
tic behaviour, fail-safe and response, forcing of channels, response, forcing of channels,
idle response, fail-safe re- signal setup signal setup
sponse, watchdog disable,
watchdog enable
Degree of protection IP65, IP67 IP65, IP67 IP65, IP67 IP20, IP65
Nominal operating volt- 24 … 30 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
age DC
Operating voltage 18 … 31.6 V 18 … 30 V 18 … 30 V
9 range DC
New • Further bus protocols
Description • For valve terminals VTUB- • CPX master module for four • Automation platform • Use of matching remote I/O
12, VTUG, MPA-L, CPV, VTOC CPI strings • Open to all common field- and valve terminals in a
• Can be expanded into the • Combination of centralised bus protocols and Ethernet control cabinet
installation system CTEL and decentralised installa- • Integrated diagnostic and • Combination with modules
• Fieldbus-typical LEDs, inter- tion possible maintenance functions of the electrical terminal
faces and switching ele- • Decentralised pneumatic • Can be used as stand-alone CPX, which enables use for
ments components and sensors for remote I/O or with valve ter- hybrid applications
• Isolated power supply for fast processes minals MPA-S, MPA-L, • Unique modular structure
electronics and valves • Can be connected to valve VTSA/VTSA-F • Comprehensive integrated
terminal CPV, MPA-S, CPV- • Choice of polymer or metal diagnostic and service func-
SC housing with individual link- tions
ing
online: è cteu ctec cpx cpx-p

Valve terminals ¤
AS-Interface® components Electrical interfaces AS-Interface® module

ASI, CACC CPX-CTEL CESA
Protocol I‑Port, IO‑Link AS-Interface®, CANopen, PROFIBUS
Max. address capacity, 32 byte
inputs
Max. address capacity, 32 byte
outputs
Parameterisation Diagnostic behaviour, fail-safe mode per
channel, force mode per channel, idle
mode per channel, module parameter,
tool changeover mode
Degree of protection IP65 IP65, IP67 IP20
Nominal operating volt- 24 V 24 V AS-Interface® voltage 30 V DC
age DC
Operating voltage 26.5 … 31.6 V 18 … 30 V
range DC
Description • Accessories for AS-Interface® installa- • CPX-CTEL master module with 4 I‑Port • AS-Interface master gateway
tion system connections • Double address recognition
• Modules for actuating individual • Decentralised pneumatic components • Direct operation via pushbuttons
valves ASI-EVA and sensors for fast processes • Graphic display 9
• Cable distributor ASI-KVT • Standardised M12 connections • Comprehensive diagnostics via LED
• Addressing device ASI-PRG-ADR and display
• Compact I/O modules (IP65, IP67) • Specification 3.0
online: è as-interface cpx-ctel cesa

Valve terminals with customised designs
Can’t find the valve terminal you need in our catalogue?
• Coatings for special ambient conditions
• Customised cables: length, pin allocation, pre-assembled with plug
• Modified actuating elements
• Modified connecting thread
• Modified valve sub-bases
py to help.
 www.festo.com

¤ Sensors
Software tool Sensors
2017/01
configurator.
You can then order the module that has been created with a single order item –
either completely pre-assembled or as individual parts in a single box. As a result,
• or on the DVD.
10

Sensors ¤
Proximity sensors, for T-slot
Ne
w
Proximity sensor Proximity sensors Proximity sensors Proximity sensors
SDBT SMT-8M-A SME-8, SME-8M, SME-8-SL, SMT-8
SME-8-FM
Electrical connection M12x1, Cable, cable with M8x1, M12x1, Cable, cable M8x1, Cable, cable with plug, M8x1, Cable, cable with plug,
plug, 2-pin, 3-pin, 2-wire, with plug, 2-pin, 3-pin, 2-wire, plug, 3-pin, 2-wire, 3-wire, ro- plug, 3-pin, 2-wire, 3-wire, ro-
3-wire, rotatable thread 3-wire, rotatable thread tatable thread tatable thread
Operating voltage 10 … 30 V 5 … 30 V 0 … 230 V 10 … 30 V
range DC
Switching element N/O contact N/C contact, N/C contact or N/C contact, N/O contact NAMUR, N/O
function N/O contact, switchable, N/O
contact
Switching output NPN, PNP, non-contacting, NPN, PNP, PNP/NPN switcha- Contacting, bipolar, without NAMUR, PNP
2-wire ble, non-contacting, 2-wire LED function
Quick ordering of
New • EX6 design in accordance
with the ATEX directive for
explosive atmospheres
Description • Measuring principle: • Measuring principle: • Measuring principle: mag- • Measuring principle:
magneto-resistive magneto-resistive netic reed magneto-resistive
• Oil-resistant, welding • Short design • SME-8-…-S6: heat-resistant • SMT-8-F: in accordance with
field-resistant, resistant to • Variant EX2 for use in po- design the ATEX directive for explo-
welding spatter tentially explosive areas • Variants suitable for use sive atmospheres 10
• Screw-clamped in slot, in- • Insertable in the slot from with energy chains and ro- • SMT-8G: design ideally
sertable from above above, flush with the cylin- bots matched to gripper sensing
• LED switching status display der profile • Screw-clamped or clamped • SMT-8-SL: sturdy thanks to
• Cable length 0.3 … 5 m • LED switching status display in the slot, insertable in the long guides and plug direct-
• LED operating reserve indi- slot from above or length- ly at the sensor
cation wise • Variants suitable for use
• Cable length 0.1 … 30 m • LED switching status display with energy chains and ro-
• Cable length 0.3, 2.5, 5, 7.5, bots
0.2 … 10 m • Insertable in the slot length-
wise or from above
• LED switching status display
• Cable length 0.3, 2.5, 5 m
online: è sdbt smt-8 m sme-8 smt-8

¤ Sensors
Proximity sensors for T-slot
Proximity sensors Proximity sensors Proximity sensors

CRSMT-8 SMEO-8E SMTO-8E
Electrical connection Cable, 3-wire M8x1, M12x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 2-wire M8x1, M12x1, Plug connector, 3-pin
Operating voltage 10 … 30 V 0 … 250 V 10 … 30 V
range DC
Switching element N/O contact N/O contact N/O contact
function
Switching output PNP Contacting, contacting bipolar, without NPN, PNP
LED function
Description • Measuring principle: magneto-resistive • Measuring principle: magnetic reed • Measuring principle: magneto-resistive
• Corrosion-resistant design • Sturdy sensor in block design • Sturdy sensor in block design
• Suitable for use in the food industry • Plug integrated in housing • Plug integrated in housing
(see supplementary information on • LED switching status display • LED switching status display
materials at www.festo.com/sp > Cer- • Cable length 2.5 m
tificates), resistant to acids and cool-
ing lubricants
• See supplementary information on
food-safe materials at
www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Insertable in the slot lengthwise, flush
with the cylinder profile
• Cable length 2.5, 5 m
10 online: è crsmt-8 smeo smto
Proximity sensors for T-slot
Proximity sensors Proximity sensors

SMTSO-8E SMPO-8E
Electrical connection M12x1, Plug connector, 3-pin
Operating voltage 10 … 30 V
range DC
Switching element N/O contact
function
Switching output NPN, PNP
Description • Measuring principle: magneto-inductive • Measuring principle: magnetic
• Welding field-resistant design • Pneumatic proximity sensor
• Sturdy sensor in block design • Function: 3/2-way valve, normally closed
• Plug integrated in housing • Pneumatic connection via female thread M5
• LED switching status display • Visual switching status indication
online: è smtso smpo

Sensors ¤
Proximity sensors, for C-slot
Proximity sensors Proximity sensors

SME-10, SME-10M SMT-10M, SMT-10G
Electrical connection M8x1, M12, Cable, cable with plug, open end, 2-pin, 3-pin, M8x1, M12, Cable, cable with plug, open end, 2-pin, 3-pin,
3-wire, rotatable thread, snap collar 3-wire, rotatable thread, snap collar
Operating voltage 5 … 30 V 5 … 30 V
range DC
Switching element N/O contact N/O contact
function
Switching output Contacting, bipolar NPN, PNP, non-contacting, 2-wire
Quick ordering of
Description • Measuring principle: magnetic reed • Measuring principle: magneto-resistive
• Clamped in C-slot, insertable in the slot from above or • Clamped in C-slot, insertable in the slot from above or
lengthwise lengthwise
• LED switching status display • LED switching status display
• Cable length 0.3, 2.5 m • Cable length 0.3, 2.5 m
online: è sme-10 smt-10
Proximity sensors, round design

10

SMEO-4 CRSMEO-4 SMTO-4
Electrical connection M8x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 2-wire, 3-wire Cable, 3-wire M8x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 3-wire
range DC
function
Switching output Contacting, bipolar, without LED function Contacting, bipolar NPN, PNP
Description • Measuring principle: magnetic reed • Measuring principle: magnetic reed • Measuring principle: magneto-induc-
• U-shaped housing • Corrosion-resistant design tive
• LED switching status display • LED switching status display • U-shaped housing
• Cable length 2.5, 5 m • Cable length 2.5 m • LED switching status display
• Cable length 2.5 m
online: è smeo-4 crsmeo-4 smto-4

¤ Sensors
Proximity sensors, block design

SME-1 SMT-C1 SMEO-1
Electrical connection M8x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 2-wire, 3-wire M8x1, M12x1, Cable, cable with plug, M8x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 2-wire, 3-wire
3-pin, 3-wire, rotatable thread
range DC
function
Switching output Contacting, bipolar PNP Contacting, bipolar
Description • Measuring principle: magneto-induc- • Measuring principle: magneto-induc- • Measuring principle: magnetic reed
tive tive • SMEO-1-S6: heat-resistant design
• For mounting kit • For Clean Design standards-based cyl- • With or without LED switching status
• With or without LED switching status inder DSBF with mounting rail for sen- indication
indication sors • Cable length 2.5, 5 m
online: è sme-1 smt-c1 smeo-1
Proximity sensor, block design
10

SMTO-1 SMTSO-1 SMPO-1
Electrical connection M8x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 3-wire M12x1, Plug connector, 3-pin
range DC
Switching element N/O contact N/O contact
function
Switching output NPN, PNP PNP
Description • Measuring principle: magneto-resistive • Measuring principle: magneto-resistive • Measuring principle: magnetic
• LED switching status display • Welding field immune design • Pneumatic proximity sensor
• Cable length 2.5 m • LED switching status display • Function: 3/2-way valve, normally
closed
• Pneumatic connection via barbed con-
nector for tubing I. D. 3 mm
• Visual switching status indication
online: è smto-1 smtso-1 smpo

Sensors ¤
Cylinder signal generators
Cylinder signal generators

PPL
Nominal flow rate 48 l/min
Pneumatic connection Barbed connector for 3 mm I. D. plastic tubing
Type of mounting Hollow bolt G1/8, G1/4
Description • For contactless pneumatic signal generation at the end of cylinder strokes
• Function: 3/2-way valve, normally closed
• Can be screwed directly into the supply port of the cylinder using a hollow bolt
online: è ppl
Inductive sensors
Inductive sensors Inductive sensors Inductive sensors Inductive sensors 10

SIEA SIED SIEF SIEH
Size M12, M18, M30, M8 M12, M18, M30 40x40x65 mm, M12, M18, 3 mm, M12, M18
M30, M8
Switching output Non-contacting, 2-wire NPN, PNP NPN, PNP
Switching element N/C contact, N/O contact Antivalent, N/O contact N/C contact, N/O contact
function
Electrical connection M8x1, M12x1, Plug, 3-pin, M12x1, Cable, plug, 2-pin, M8x1, M12x1, Cable, plug, M8x1, M12x1, Cable, cable
4-pin 2-wire Fixcon, 3-pin, 4-pin, 3-wire with plug, plug, 3-pin, 3-wire
Operating voltage 15 … 30 V 10 … 320 V 10 … 65 V 10 … 30 V
range DC
Description • With analogue output • With standard switching • Reduction factor 1 for all • With increased switching
• Flush installation distance metals distance
• Metric thread • For DC and AC voltage • Welding field-resistant • Flush installation
• Metric thread • Design with housing resist- • Metric thread
• Flush or non-flush mounting ant to welding spatter • LED switching status display
• LED switching status display • Flush, partially flush or non- • Design with stainless steel
• Design with metal or poly- flush mounting housing
amide housing • LED switching status display
online: è siea sied sief sieh

¤ Sensors
Inductive sensors
Inductive sensors Inductive sensors Inductive sensors

SIEN SIES-Q SIES-8M
Size 4, 6.5, M12, M12x1, M18, M18x1, M30, 12x26x40, 15x20x30, 40x40x120, For T-slot
M30x1.5, M5x0.5, M8x1 5x5x25, 8x8x40, 8x8x59 mm
Switching output NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN, PNP
Switching element N/C contact, N/O contact Antivalent, N/C contact, N/O contact N/C contact, N/O contact
function
Electrical connection M8x1, M12x1, Cable, plug, 3-pin, 3-wire M8x1, Cable, plug, screw terminal, 3-pin, M8x1, Cable, cable with plug, 3-pin,
3-wire 3-wire, rotatable thread
range DC
Quick ordering of
Description • With standard switching distance • Block design • Suitable for position sensing for elec-
• For DC voltage • Flush installation tric axes and grippers with T-slot
• Round design • LED switching status display • Flush installation
• Metric thread • Switching status indication with 2 LEDs
• Flush or non-flush mounting for better visibility regardless of the di-
• LED switching status display rection from which it is approached
• Design with metal or polyamide hous-
ing
online: è sien sies sies
10
Position sensors
Position sensors Position transmitters Position transmitters

SRBS SMAT-8E SDAT
Design Round For T-slot For T-slot
Position measuring >270° 48 … 52 mm 0 … 160 mm
range
Analogue output 50 mA 0 – 10 V, 4 – 20 mA 4 – 20 mA, 100 mA
Electrical connection M8, Cable with plug, 4-pin, rotatable M8x1, Plug connector, 4-pin M8, Cable with plug, 4-pin, rotatable
thread thread
Quick ordering of
Description • Used to detect rotation of the shaft on • Measuring principle: magnetic Hall • Measuring principle: magnetic Hall
rotary drives DRVS and DSM • Current and voltage signal at the ana- • Insertable in the slot from above, se-
• The sensor can be quickly assembled logue output cured with screw
without having to manually search for • Insertable in the slot lengthwise • Suitable for use with energy chain and
switching points • Suitable for use with energy chain and robot lines
• Simple and reliable operation using robot lines • LED status indications
just one pushbutton directly on the de- • LED status indications • Cable length 0.3 m
vice • Cable length 2.5, 5 m
online: è srbs smat-8e sdat

Sensors ¤
Position sensors
Position transmitters Position sensors

SMAT-8M SMH
Design For T-slot For gripper
Position measuring 40 mm
range
Analogue output 0 – 10 V
Electrical connection M8x1, Cable with plug, 4-pin, rotatable thread M8x1, Cable with plug, 4-pin
Description • Measuring principle: magnetic Hall • Measuring principle: magnetic Hall
• Displacement-proportional analogue output signal • 3 gripper positions can be detected using an evaluation unit
• Insertable in the slot from above, central clamping • Freely selectable switching points
• Suitable for use with energy chain and robot lines
• LED status indications
• Cable length 0.3 m
online: è smat-8 m smh-s1
Position sensors
10
Displacement encoders Displacement encoders Displacement encoders
MME-MTS-TLF MLO-POT-TLF MLO-POT-LWG
Stroke 225 … 2000 mm 225 … 2000 mm 100 … 750 mm
Measuring principle of Digital Analogue Analogue
Output signal CAN protocol type SPC-AIF Analogue Analogue
Displacement resolution <0.01 mm 0.01 mm 0.01 mm
Description • Measuring principle: magnetostrictive • Conductive plastic potentiometer • Connecting rod potentiometer
• Contactless with absolute measure- • Absolute measurement with high reso- • Absolute measurement with high reso-
ment lution lution
• High travel speed • High travel speed and long service life • Long service life
• System product for servo-pneumatic • Several mounting options on pneumat- • High protection class
positioning technology and Soft Stop ic linear drives DGPL • Plug-in connections
• Plug-in connections
online: è mme mlo mlo

¤ Sensors
Pressure and vacuum sensors
Ne
w
Pressure sensors Pressure sensors Pressure sensors Pressure sensors
SPAN SPAE SPAU SPAW
Pressure measuring −1 … 16 bar −1 … 10 bar −1 … 16 bar −1 … 100 bar
range
Switching element N/C or N/O contact, switcha- N/C contact, N/O contact, N/C or N/O contact, switcha- Switchable
function ble switchable ble
Pneumatic connection Male thread G1/8, NPT1/8-27, Push-in sleeve QS-4, QS-6, G1/8, M5, M7, NPT1/8-27, Male thread G1/2, female
R1/8, female thread G1/8, QS-3, QS-4, flange QS-4, QS-5/32, QS-6, R1/4, thread G1/4
M5, QS-4 R1/8
Electrical connection Plug connector, square de- Cable, open end, 3-wire M8x1, M12x1, Plug, round de- M12x1, Plug, round design, to
sign, 4-pin sign, to EN 60947-5-2, 4-pin EN 60947-5-2, 4-pin, 5-pin
Display type Illuminated LCD LED display, 2-digit Illuminated LCD, LED 4-character alphanumeric,
LED indicator
New • New series
Description • For monitoring compressed • Electronic pressure sensor • For monitoring compressed • Highly robust
air and non-corrosive gases with piezoresistive pressure air and non-corrosive gases • For liquid and gaseous me-
• For network monitoring, measuring cell, integrated • With or without display dia
regulator monitoring, leak signal processing, numeric • Transfer of the pressure val- • Quick and easy setting of
test, object detection pressure indicator in per- ue as switch signal, ana- the switching outputs using
• Relative method of meas- cent, operating key and a logue signal or via IO‑Link® three pushbuttons
urement based on a pie- switching output, PNP/NPN to the connected control • Display is easy to read in
zoresistive measuring cell switchable system any installation position
• Serial communication inte- • Display of minimum and
10 grated using IO‑Link® 1.1 maximum readings
• All parameters entered can
be transferred to other
SPAEs (replicator function)
online: è span spae spau spaw

Sensors ¤
Pressure switches Pressure transmitters Pressure transmitters Pressure sensors

SPBA SPTE SPTW SPAB
Pressure measuring −1 … 10 bar −1 … 100 bar −1 … 10 bar
range
Switching element Antivalent, changeover switch Switchable
function
Pneumatic connection G1/8 Push-in sleeve QS-4, QS-6, G1/4 Male thread G1/8, NPT1/8-27,
QS-3, QS-4, flange R1/8, female thread M5
Electrical connection M12x1, Plug, round design, to Cable, open end, 3-wire M12x1, Plug, round design, to M8x1, Cable, plug, round de-
EN 60947-5-2, 4-pin EN 60947-5-2, 4-pin sign, square design, to
EN 60947-5-2, 4-pin, 4-wire
Display type Illuminated LCD, multi-colour
Description • Pressure sensor with per- • Piezoresistive pressure sen- • Sensor versions: piezoresis- • Relative pressure measure-
manently set switching sor tive pressure sensor or met- ment
point • Measured variable: relative al thin-film pressure sensor • Switching output PNP, NPN
• For solenoid valve VSVA pressure • Measured variable: relative and analogue output
• Mounting: screw-in • Cable length 2.5 m pressure • Two-part, multi-coloured
display
• Easy commissioning thanks
to intuitive operation
• Compact design 30x30 mm
• Certification: c UL us Listed
(OL), C-Tick
online: è spba spte sptw spab
10
Pressure switches, vacuum switches PE converters Pressure sensors

PEV, VPEV PEN, PE, VPE SDE1
Pressure measuring −1 … 10 bar −1 … 0 bar −1 … 10 bar
range
Switching element Changeover switch N/O contact, changeover switch Switchable
function
Pneumatic connection G1/4, G1/8, M5 G1/8, M5, PK-3, PK-4 G1/8, QS-4, R1/4, R1/8
Electrical connection M8x1, M12x1, Plug, screw terminal, Cable, screw terminal, 3 connector leads, M8x1, M12x1, Cable with plug, plug,
round design, square design, to open end, 3-wire, 4-wire round design, to EN 60947-5-2, 3-pin,
DIN 43650, to EN 60947-5-2, type A, 4-pin
4-pin
Display type Illuminated LCD, back-lit LCD
Description • Mechanical pressure and vacuum • Pneumatic/electric differential pres- • Five pressure measuring ranges
switch sure switch • Measurement of relative or differential
• Adjustable switching point • Pneumatic/electric pressure trans pressure
• Mounting: screw-in, via through-holes ducer • Switching output PNP, NPN and with
or via H-rail • Design for vacuum analogue current or voltage output
• Visual scale for pressure adjustment • Mounting on mounting frame 2 N • LCD or illuminated LCD display
• Certification: CCC • Splash-proof design • Mounting: via H-rail, via wall/surface
• Certification: CCC bracket, mounting on service unit,
front panel mounting
• Certification: c UL us Listed (OL),
C-Tick
online: è pev pen sde1

¤ Sensors
Pressure sensors Pressure sensors

SDE3 SDE5
Pressure measuring −1 … 10 bar −1 … 10 bar
range
Switching element Switchable N/C contact, N/O contact, switchable
function
Pneumatic connection QS-4, QS-5/32 QS-1/4, QS-4, QS-5/32, QS-6
Electrical connection M8x1, M12x1, Cable, cable with plug, plug, round design, to M8x1, Cable, plug, round design, to EN 60947-5-2, 3-pin,
EN 60947-5-2, 4-pin, 5-pin 3-wire
Display type Illuminated LCD
Quick ordering of
Description • Five pressure measuring ranges • Programmable and configurable pressure switch for simple
• Measurement of relative or differential pressure or two inde- pressure sensing tasks
pendent pressure inputs • Threshold/window comparator
• Switching output 2x PNP or 2x NPN • Switching point adjustment by teach-in function
• Numerical and graphical pressure indication • Integrated microprocessor
• Mounting: via H-rail, via wall/surface bracket, front panel • Switching status indicated by an LED visible from all sides
mounting, with through-holes • Certification: c UL us listed (OL), C-Tick
• Certification: C-Tick, ATEX, c UL us Listed (OL)
online: è sde3 sde5
10
Flow sensors
Ne
w
Flow sensors Flow sensors Flow sensors

SFAW SFAB SFAM
Flow measuring range fi- 32 … 100 l/min 10 … 1000 l/min 1000 … 15000 l/min
nal value
Operating medium Liquid media, water, neutral liquids Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010
[7:4:4], ISO 8573-1:2010 [6:4:4], nitro- [7:4:4], nitrogen
gen
Pneumatic connection QS-1/4, QS-10, QS-12, QS-3/8, QS- G1, G1 1/2, G1/2, NPT1 1/2-11 1/2,
5/16, QS-6, QS-8 NPT1-11 1/2, NPT1/2-14, Manifold
module
Electrical connection M12x1, Straight plug, 5-pin, A-coded M12x1, Straight plug, 5-pin M12x1, Straight plug, 5-pin
New • New series
Description • Cooling circuit monitoring, leakage or line • Flow sensor with integrated digital • Stand-alone device or combined with
break monitoring, process water monitor- display MS series service units
ing, fill level monitoring • With unidirectional flow input • Supplies absolute flow information
• Input connection: clamped terminal con- • Mounting: H-rail mounting, wall or and accumulated air consumption
nection DN15, DN20, barbed hose fitting surface mounting measurements
13 mm, female thread G1/2, G3/4, G1, us- • Certification: C-Tick • Covers large measuring range with
er-specific connection great precision thanks to high dy-
• With optional integrated temperature sen- namic response
sor • Large, illuminated LCD display
• Connection to higher-level systems is pro-
vided by two switching outputs, an ana-
logue output and/or an IO‑Link interface
• Certification: RCM, c UL us Listed (OL)
online: è sfaw sfab sfam

Sensors ¤
Flow sensors
Flow sensors Flow sensors Flow indicators

SFE3 SFET SFEV
Flow measuring range fi- 0.5 … 50 l/min 0.05 … 50 l/min
nal value
Operating medium Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010
[1:4:2], nitrogen [1:4:2], nitrogen
Pneumatic connection Female thread G1/8, QS-6 Female thread G1/8, QS-4, QS-6
Electrical connection Cable Cable Cable
Description • Flow sensor with integrated digital dis- • With unidirectional (SFET-F) or bidirec- • For flow sensor SFET
play tional (SFET-R) flow input • 3 1/2-digit alphanumeric display
• With unidirectional flow input • Mounting: via through-holes or mount- • Indicating range: 0.05 … 50 l/min
• Mounting: via through-holes or mounting bracket (flow sensor SFET-F); 0.05 … 10 l/min
ing bracket • Electrical connection via open cable (flow sensor SFET-R)
• Electrical connection via open cable end
end • Cable length 1 m, 3 m
• Cable length 1 m • Certification: C-Tick
• Certification: C-Tick
online: è sfe3 sfet sfev
10
Opto-electronic sensors
Diffuse sensors, retro-reflec- Through-beam sensors Fibre-optic units Laser diffuse sensors, laser
tive sensors SOEG-E, SOEG-S SOEG-L retro-reflective sensors
SOEG-RT, SOEG-RS SOEL-RT, SOEL-RS
Method of measurement Distance sensor, retro-reflec- Through-beam sensor, receiv- Fibre-optic unit Distance sensor, retro-reflec-
tive sensor, diffuse sensor, dif- er, transmitter tive sensor, diffuse sensor, dif-
fuse sensor with background fuse sensor with background
suppression, for transparent suppression
objects
Working range 0 … 5500 mm 0 … 20000 mm 0 … 250 mm 0 … 20000 mm
Size 20x32x12 mm, 30x30x15 mm, 20x32x12 mm, 30x30x15 mm, 20x32x12 mm, 30x30x15 mm 20x32x12 mm, 50x50x17 mm
4 mm, 50x50x17 mm, M12, 50x50x17 mm, M18x1
M12x1, M18, M18x1, M5x0.5
Type of light Infrared, red, red polarised Infrared, red Red Laser, pulsed laser, red, red
650 nm, red polarised
Switching output NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN, PNP
Description • Round or block design • Round or block design • Block design • Setting option: teach-in,
• Setting option: teach-in via • Setting option: teach-in, • Setting option: teach-in, teach-in via electrical con-
button and via electrical teach-in via electrical con- teach-in via electrical connection, potentiometer
connection nection, potentiometer nection, potentiometer • Electrical connection via
• Electrical connection via • Electrical connection via • Electrical connection via open cable end or plug con-
open cable end or plug con- open cable end or plug con- open cable end or plug connector
nector nector nector
online: è soeg soeg soeg soel

¤ Sensors
Opto-electronic sensors
Colour sensors Fibre-optic units Fork light barriers Fibre-optic cables

SOEC SOE4 SOOF SOEZ, SOOC
Method of measurement Colour sensor Fibre-optic unit Fork light barrier Through-beam sensor, fixed
focus, fork light barrier, fi-
bre-optic cable, diffuse sensor
Working range 12 … 32 mm 2 … 2000 mm 2 … 650 mm
Size 50x50x17 mm Fork 120x60 mm, 30x35 mm, M3, M4, M6, Fork pit
50x55 mm, 80x55 mm 5x29 mm, fork pit 41x15x7
mm, rectangle 10x10x5 mm,
rectangle 13x19.9x5 mm, rec-
tangle 19x25x6 mm
Type of light White Red Red
Switching output PNP NPN, PNP NPN, PNP
Description • Diffuse sensor • Use for precise and • Through-beam sensor with • Cable connection, push-in
• Block design space-saving position sens- minimal installation effort connector
• Setting option: teach-in, ing in electronics and light • Design: polymer or metal
teach-in via electrical con- assembly • Sturdy housing: high shock
nection • Switching frequencies of up and vibration resistance
• Electrical connection via to 8000 Hz • IP67 degree of protection
M12x1 plug, 8-pin • Operational with fibre-optic • Electrical connection via
• Display via 7 LEDs cable SOOC as accessory M8x1 plug, 3-pin
• Variants: LED or LED display, • Setting option: potentiome-
timer function ter or teach-in
10 • Setting option: teach-in • LED displays
• Mounting: H-rail mounting
or via through-holes
• With protection against mu-
tual interference
online: è soec soe4 soof soez
Signal converters
Signal converters
SVE4
Signal range 0 – 10 V +/−0.3, 0 – 20 mA +/−0.6, Adapted for position sensors SMH-S1-HG
Switching output 2xNPN, 2xPNP
Switching function Freely programmable
Electrical connection, M8x1, Plug, 4-pin, to EN 60947-5-2
output
Electrical connection, in- M8x1, Socket, 4-pin, to EN 60947-5-2
put
Description • Converts analogue signals into switching points
• Switching function freely programmable with teach-in
• Threshold value, hysteresis or window comparator
• Mounting: H-rail mounting or via adapter plate
• Certification: c UL us Listed (OL), C-Tick
online: è sve4

Sensors ¤
Air gap sensors
Air gap sensors Micro reflex sensors, reflex Back pressure end stops Air barriers
SOPA sensors SD-2, SD-3, SD-3-N SFL, SML
RML, RFL
Sensing range 20 … 200 µm Distance between nozzles Distance between nozzles Distance between nozzles
4.8 … 5.1 mm, 4.5 … 15.5 mm 0 … 0.5 mm 5 … 50 mm, up to 100 mm
Operating pressure 4 … 7 bar 0.075 … 0.5 bar, 0.1 … 1.5 bar 0 … 8 bar 0.1 … 0.4 bar, 0.1 … 4 bar,
0 … 8 bar
Display type Illuminated LCD, multi-colour Signal pressure ≥0.5 mbar Pressure signal 0 … 8 bar Pressure signal
Operating medium Compressed air to ISO 8573- Filtered, unlubricated com- Compressed air, filtered, lubri- Filtered, unlubricated com-
1:2010 [7:4:4] pressed air cated or unlubricated pressed air
Description • Convenient solution for • Back pressure actuated • Can be used for stroke-de- • Sender nozzle, receiver noz-
high-precision contact and valve pendent signal generation zle, gap sensor
distance monitoring • For contactless sensing of as a limit switch and fixed • Back pressure actuated
• Setting option: teach-in or indicating instruments, stop valve
numerical setting using checking pressing and • Ideal for end-position sens- • Operational reliability even
three-button operation stamping tools, edge con- ing and position control in very dirty environments
• Integrated air jet function trol, magazine control, for with high accuracy require- • Reliable even with high am-
• Multi-coloured LCD display measuring and counting ments and small actuating bient temperatures
• Mounting: H-rail mounting, • Can be used even in very forces • Insensitive to mechanical
wall mounting, through- dirty environments, in com- • SD-3-N for sensing fluid lev- influences and sound waves
hole plete darkness, with trans- els and heavily foaming liq- • Reliable even in complete
• Certification: C-Tick lucent or magnetic objects uids darkness and when sensing
• For use in inaccessible plac- translucent objects
es
10
online: è sopa rfl sd sfl
Sensor boxes
Ne
Ne
Ne
w
w
Sensor boxes Sensor boxes Sensor boxes
SRBG SRBC SRBE
Measured variable
range AC
range DC
Electrical connection Screw terminal, plug M12, A-coded Screw terminal, 10-pin Screw terminal, 10-pin, 14-pin
Type of mounting On flange to ISO 5211, with mounting On flange to ISO 5211, with mounting
bracket bracket
New • Additional versions • New series • New series
Quick ordering of
Description • Compact housing with M12 plug con- • Pre-assembled mounting adapter for • Trip cams can be set easily without ad-
nection ease of installation ditional tools
• Direct mounting on quarter turn actua- • Trip cams can be set easily without ad- • Sturdy, corrosion-resistant design, ide-
tors to VDI/VDE 3845 ditional tools al for use in harsh operating conditions
• AS-Interface® version with extended • Sturdy, corrosion-resistant design, ide- • Clearly visible 3D position indicator al-
addressing options al for use in harsh operating conditions lows rapid detection of the current po-
• Intrinsically safe version to ATEX and • Clearly visible 3D position indicator al- sition of the quarter turn actuator
SIL 2 to IEC 61508 lows rapid detection of the current po-
sition of the quarter turn actuator
online: è srbg srbc srbe

¤ Sensors
Sensor boxes
Limit switch attachments Limit switch attachments

SRAP DAPZ
Measured variable Rotation angle
range AC
range DC
Electrical connection Screw terminal, 9-pin, plug-in Screw terminal
Type of mounting
Description • Based on standard VDI/VDE 3845 (NAMUR) • Square or round design
• Analogue • Drive interface to standard VDI/VDE 3845 (NAMUR)
• For monitoring the position of quarter turn actuators • With pneumatic, electric or inductive sensing
• Sensors based on 2D Hall technology
online: è srap dapz
Electromechanical switches
10
Micro switches
S-3, SR-3
range AC
range DC
Description • Electric limit switch
• N/C contact, N/O contact, changeover switch
• Actuator attachments: roller lever type AR, roller lever with idle return type AL, whisker attachment type AF
online: è s-3

Image processing systems ¤
Vision sensors
Image processing systems
2017/01
Code readers, object sensors

SBSI-B, SBSI-Q
Sensor resolution 1280 x 1024 Pixel (SXGA), 736 x 480 Pixel WideVGA
Working distance 6 mm – infinite, 30 mm – infinite
Field of vision min. 16 mm x 13 mm, min. 5 x 4 mm, min. 8 x 6 mm
Frame rate (full image) 40 fps, 50 fps
Max.no. of inspection 8, 255
programs
Description • Vision sensor with integrated lighting/lens
• Enables reading of 1D/2D codes or quality inspection of parts
• Intuitive software for simple parameter setting
• All-in-one device with integrated lens, lighting, evaluation and communication
online: è sbsi
Compact vision systems
Compact vision systems Compact vision systems

SBOA-M SBOC-M
Sensor resolution 640 x 480 Pixel (VGA) 640 x 480 Pixel VGA
Working distance Depends on the lens chosen Depends on the lens chosen 11
Field of vision Depends on the lens chosen Depends on the lens chosen
Frame rate (full image) 27 … 241 fps 241 fps
Exposure time 1 … 1000000 μs 1 … 1000000 µs
Description • Systainer with compact vision system SBOC-M • High-speed camera for diagnostics and commissioning as
well as for function monitoring of fast motion sequences
• Recording and storage electronics integrated in the camera
• For standard lens with C mount connection
• Can be networked via Ethernet
• Compact dimensions, low weight
online: è sbox sbox

¤ Image processing systems
Compact vision systems
Ne
w
Compact vision systems Compact vision systems Checkbox Compact
SBOC-Q SBOI-Q CHB-C-N
Sensor resolution 752 x 480 PIxel WideVGA 752 x 480 PIxel WideVGA 2048 pixels/line
Working distance Depends on the lens chosen 20 … 550 mm
Field of vision Depends on the lens chosen 7,9 x 5,5 mm - 195 x 125 mm
Frame rate (full image) 60 fps 60 fps
Exposure time 18 … 200000 µs 18 … 200000 µs
New • New series
Description • Intelligent field-based camera • Intelligent field-based camera • Intelligent line-scan camera
• For 2D quality inspection, position and • For 2D quality inspection, position and • For orientation recognition and quality
rotary orientation sensing, reading of rotary orientation sensing, reading of inspection of small moving parts
1D and 2D codes, reading of optical 1D and 2D codes, reading of optical • Encoder connection
characters (OCR) characters (OCR) • Teach-in function
• Integrated full PLC (CODESYS) • Integrated full PLC (CODESYS)
• Ethernet and CAN for communicating • Ethernet and CAN for communicating
with higher-order controllers with higher-order controllers
online: è sbox sbox chb-c
11

Air preparation ¤
Software tool Air preparation
2017/01
Air consumption Calculate your system’s air consumption quickly and conveniently. Simply enter all
the drives and tubing, set the cycle times and working pressure and the air con-
sumption per minute and per day will be calculated for you. It includes a feature for
exporting the input table together with the result directly to Excel.
configurator.
sures that only correct configurations are available for selection. A dynamic graphic
generated on the basis of the configuration provides visual assistance in selecting
the correct product features.
Service unit combinations: MS series

Ne
w
Service unit combinations Service unit combinations

MSE6 -E2M MSB4, MSB6, MSB9
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2 G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, NPT1 1/2-11
1/2, NPT1 1/4-11 1/2, NPT1-11 1/2, NPT1/2-14, NPT3/4-14 12
Standard nominal In main flow direction 1 -> 24500 l/min 750 … 18000 l/min
flow rate
Flow measuring range fi- 5000 l/min
nal value
Pressure regulation 0.5 … 16 bar
range
Grade of filtration 0.01 … 40 µm
Fieldbus interface 2x socket, M12x1, 4-pin, D-coded, 2x RJ45 push-pull socket,
AIDA, 2x SCRJ push-pull socket, AIDA, Sub-D socket, 9-pin
New • Fieldbus interfaces: PROFINET, Ethernet/IP and Modbus
TCP/IP
Quick ordering of
Description • Intelligent pneumatic service unit for optimising the use of • Combination of filter regulator, filter, lubricator, on-off valve,
compressed air as an energy source soft-start valve
• Function: energy saving (2/2-way function DE, V24) • Size 4, 6, 9
• Equipped with measuring, control and diagnostic functions
• Identification of production downtime and leakages
• Use as process monitoring module
• Electrical actuation via bus node
• Size 6
online: è mse6 msb4

¤ Air preparation
Service unit combinations: D series, metal
Service unit combinations with lubricator Service unit combinations without lubricator
FRC-K LFR-K, LFRS-K
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8
flow rate
range
Grade of filtration 40 µm 40 µm
Description • Combination of filter regulator, branching module, lubrica- • Combination of filter regulator, branching module, on-off
tor, on-off valve, soft-start valve, mounting accessories valve, soft-start valve, mounting accessories
• Size: mini, midi, maxi • Size: mini, midi, maxi
online: è frc lfr
Service unit combinations: D series, polymer
Service unit combinations with lubricator Service unit combinations without lubricator
FRC-K LFR-DB
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4 G1/4
flow rate
12 range
Grade of filtration 40 µm 40 µm
Description • Combination of on-off valve, filter regulator, distributor mod- • Combination of on-off valve, filter regulator and distributor
ule and lubricator module
• Size: mini • Size: mini
online: è frc lfr

Air preparation ¤
Filter regulators/lubricators: MS series
Service unit combinations

MSB4-FRC, MSB6-FRC
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8
flow rate
range
Grade of filtration 5 … 40 µm
Quick ordering of
Description • Filter, regulator and lubricator functions in a single unit
• High flow rate and highly efficient in removing contaminants
• Good regulation characteristics with minimal pressure hysteresis
• Sizes: 4, 6
online: è msb4-frc
Filter regulators/lubricators: D series, metal
Service units
FRC, FRCS
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5, M7, QS-4, QS-6
flow rate 12
range
• Size: micro, mini, midi, maxi
online: è frc
Filter regulators/lubricators: D series, polymer
Service units
FRC-DB
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4
flow rate
range
• With manual or semi-automatic condensate drain
• Size: mini
online: è frc

¤ Air preparation
Filter regulators: MS series
Filter regulators
MS4-LFR, MS6-LFR, MS9-LFR, MS12-LFR
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, Internal
flow rate
range
Quick ordering of
Description • MS4-LFR, MS6-LFR: directly actuated diaphragm regulator, MS9-LFR: piloted or directly actuated filter-diaphragm regulator,
MS12-LFR: piloted diaphragm regulator without internal air consumption
• Good regulation characteristics with minimal pressure hysteresis and primary pressure compensation
• Good particle and condensate separation
• With or without secondary venting
• High flow rate
• Lockable rotary knob
• Return flow option for exhausting from output 2 to input 1 already integrated
• Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12
online: è ms4-lfr
Filter regulators: D series, metal
12
Filter regulators
LFR, LFRS
flow rate
range
Description • Two pressure gauge connections for different installation options
• With manual, semi-automatic or fully automatic condensate drain
• Lockable rotary knob
online: è lfr

Air preparation ¤
Filter regulators: D series, polymer
Filter regulators
LFR-DB

flow rate
range
Description • With manual or semi-automatic condensate drain
• Size: mini
online: è lfr
Filters: MS series
Filters Activated carbon filters Fine filters Micro filters

MS4-LF, MS6-LF, MS9-LF, MS4-LFX, MS6-LFX, MS9-LFX, MS4-LFM-B, MS6-LFM-B, MS4-LFM-A, MS6-LFM-A,
MS12-LF MS12-LFX MS9-LFM-B, MS12-LFM-B MS9-LFM-A, MS12-LFM-A
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, In- G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4,
ternal G3/8, Manifold module G3/8, Manifold module
flow rate 12
Operating pressure 0 … 20 bar 0 … 20 bar 0 … 20 bar 0 … 20 bar
Grade of filtration 5 … 40 µm 0.01 … 1 µm 0.01 … 1 µm 0.01 … 1 µm
Description • Good particle and conden- • Removal of gaseous oil par- • High-efficiency filter for ex- • High-efficiency filter for ex-
sate separation ticles from compressed air ceptionally clean com- ceptionally clean com-
• High flow rate with minimal using activated carbon pressed air pressed air
pressure drop • Air quality class at the out- • Removal of oil aerosols from • Removal of oil aerosols from
• Available with manual, put [1.4.1] to ISO 8573-1 compressed air compressed air
semi-automatic, fully auto- • Eliminates odours and va- • Available with differential • Available with differential
matic or fully automatic, pours pressure indicator for indi- pressure indicator for indi-
electrically actuated con- • Residual oil content = cation of contamination cation of contamination
densate drain 0.003 mg/m³ • Available with electronic fil- • Available with electronic fil-
• Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12 • Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12 ter contamination indicator ter contamination indicator
• Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12 • Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12
online: è ms4-lf ms4-lfx ms4-lfm-b ms4-lfm-a

¤ Air preparation
Filters: D series, metal
Filters Fine filters Micro filters

LF LFMB LFMA
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, Sub- G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, Sub-
M7, QS-4, QS-6, Sub-base base base
flow rate
Grade of filtration 5 … 40 µm 1 µm 0.01 µm
Description • Good particle and condensate separa- • High-efficiency filter for exceptionally • High-efficiency filter for exceptionally
tion clean compressed air clean compressed air
• With manual or fully automatic con- • Removal of oil aerosols from com- • Removal of oil aerosols from com-
densate drain pressed air pressed air
• Size: micro, mini, midi, maxi • Version with differential pressure indi- • Version with differential pressure indi-
cator for visual indication of filter con- cator for visual indication of filter con-
tamination tamination
online: è lf lfmb lfma
Filters: D series, metal
Filter combination Activated carbon filters

LFMBA LFX
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, Connecting plate, manifold
module
12
flow rate
Grade of filtration 0.01 µm
Description • High-efficiency filter for exceptionally clean compressed air • Removal of gaseous oil particles from compressed air using
• Fully assembled filter combination, comprising LFMB and activated carbon
LFMA • Air quality class at the output [1.4.1] to ISO 8573-1
• Version with differential pressure indicator for visual indica- • Eliminates odours and vapours
tion of filter contamination • Residual oil content = 0.003 mg/m³
online: è lfmba lfx

Air preparation ¤
Filters: individual devices
Ne
w
Filter silencers Micro filters
LFU PFML
Size G1/4, G3/8, G1/2, G1 90, 186
Grade of filtration 1 µm 0.01 µm
Flow rate with respect to 4000 … 12500 l/min
atmosphere
Noise reduction Reduction by 40 dB
New • New series
Description • Removes up to 99.99% of oil and other contaminants from • For high-pressure applications
exhaust air • See supplementary information on food-safe materials at
• Manual rotary condensate drain www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Reduced exhaust noise regardless of frequency
online: è lfu pfml
Regulators: MS series
Pressure regulators Pressure regulators Pressure regulators

MS4-LR, MS6-LR, MS9-LR MS12-LR MS4-LRB, MS6-LRB
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8 Sub-base G1/2, G1/4
flow rate
Pressure regulation 0.3 … 16 bar 0.15 … 16 bar 0.3 … 16 bar
range 12
Operating pressure 0.8 … 20 bar 0.8 … 21 bar 0.8 … 20 bar
Max. pressure hystere- 0.25 … 0.4 bar 0.04 … 0.4 bar 0.25 bar
sis
Quick ordering of
Description • High flow rate with minimal pressure • High flow rate with minimal pressure • To build up a regulator manifold with
drop drop through air supply for pressure ranges
• Good regulation characteristics with • Good regulation characteristics with that can be adjusted independently of
minimal pressure hysteresis and pri- minimal pressure hysteresis and pri- another
mary pressure compensation mary pressure compensation • Good regulation characteristics with
• With or without secondary venting • With secondary venting minimal pressure hysteresis and pri-
• Lockable rotary knob • Lockable rotary knob mary pressure compensation
• Optional pressure sensor and rotary • MS12-LR-…-PO: pneumatically actuat- • Lockable rotary knob
knob pressure gauge ed (pressure range determined by pilot • With or without secondary venting
• Size 4, 6, 9 regulator) • Integrated return flow option for ex-
• MS12-LR-…-PE6: solenoid actuated (pi- hausting from output 2 to input 1
lot control by proportional pressure • Optional pressure sensor and rotary
regulator) knob pressure gauge
• Size: 12 • Sizes: 4, 6
online: è ms4-lr ms12-lr ms4-lrb

¤ Air preparation
Regulators: MS series
Precision pressure regulators Electric pressure regulators

MS6-LRP, MS6-LRPB MS6-LRE
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G3/8 G1/2, G1/4, G3/8
flow rate
range
Operating pressure 1 … 14 bar 0.8 … 20 bar
Max. pressure hystere- 0.02 bar 0.25 bar
sis
Description • As individual device and for manifold assembly • With integrated electric drive unit for remotely setting the
• Manifold assembly with through air supply output pressure
• Good regulation characteristics with minimal pressure hys- • Constant output pressure even in the event of a power fail-
teresis and primary pressure compensation ure thanks to the fail-safe function
• High secondary venting • Available with control unit with display
• Lockable rotary knob • Optional pressure sensor
• Available with pressure sensor with display • With or without secondary venting
• Size: 6 • Size: 6
online: è ms6-lrp ms6-lre
Regulators: D series, metal
Pressure regulators Pressure regulators Pressure regulator combinations

LR, LRS LRB, LRBS LRB-K
12 Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5, Sub-base G1/2, G1/4, G3/8
M7, QS-4, QS-6
flow rate
Pressure regulation 0.5 … 12 bar 0.5 … 12 bar 0.5 … 12 bar
range
Max. pressure hystere- 0.2 … 0.4 bar 0.2 bar 0.2 bar
sis
Description • Lockable design • To build up a regulator manifold with • Regulator manifold with through air
• Two pressure gauge connections for through air supply for pressure ranges supply for pressure ranges that can be
different installation options that can be adjusted independently of adjusted independently of one another
• Micro, mini, midi size: directly actuat- another • Directly actuated diaphragm regulator
ed diaphragm regulator • Directly actuated diaphragm regulator • Settings secured via detent on rotary
• Maxi size: piloted piston regulator, dia- • Settings secured via detent on rotary knob and push-in adjustment lock
phragm regulator LRS-DI knob and push-in adjustment lock • Without pressure gauge
• Optional return flow option for venting • Lockable design • Size: mini, midi
from output 2 to input 1 • Without pressure gauge
• Available with pressure gauge • Size: mini, midi
online: è lr lrb lrb

Air preparation ¤
Regulators: D series, polymer
Pressure regulators Pressure regulator combinations

LR-DB LRB-DB
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4 G1/2
Standard nominal ≥1300 l/min ≥1000 l/min
flow rate
range
sis
Description • Setting values are secured by locking the rotary knob • Regulator manifold with through air supply for pressure
• Available with pressure gauge ranges that can be adjusted independently of one another
• Size: mini • Setting values are secured by locking the rotary knob
• Without pressure gauge
• Size: mini
online: è lr-db lrb-db
Regulators: individual devices

Ne
Ne
w
w
Precision pressure regulators Pressure regulators
LRP, LRPS PREL
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, G1/8, For connecting plate diameter 7 mm G1
flow rate 12
range
sis
New • Additional size • New series
Description • Lockable design • For high-pressure applications
• Good regulation characteristics with minimal pressure hys- • See supplementary information on food-safe materials at
teresis and primary pressure compensation www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• High secondary venting • Size: 186 mm
online: è lrp prel

¤ Air preparation
Lubricators: MS series
Lubricators
MS4-LOE, MS6-LOE, MS9-LOE, MS12-LOE
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, Internal
flow rate
Min. flow rate for lubri- 40 … 400 l/min
cator operation
Description • Proportional lubricator with precision oil metering
• Quick and easy top-up even under pressure
• Oil capacity 30 … 1500 cm³
• Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12
online: è ms4-loe
Lubricators: D series, metal
Lubricators
LOE
flow rate
12 Min. flow rate for lubri- 3 … 10 l/min
cator operation
Description • Proportional lubricator with precision oil metering
• Quick and easy top-up even under pressure
• Oil capacity 6.5 … 190 cm³
online: è loe

Air preparation ¤
On-off and soft-start valves: MS series
Soft-start/quick exhaust valves Soft-start/quick exhaust valves On-off valves

MS6-SV-E, MS6-SV-D MS6-SV-C, MS9-SV-C MS4-EM1, MS6-EM1, MS9-EM,
MS12-EM
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, Manifold mod-
ule
flow rate
Type of control Electric Electric Manual
Quick ordering of
Description • Reliable 2-channel exhausting with • Single-channel exhausting up to Per- • Manual 3/2-way valve for pressurising
self-monitoring up to Performance Lev- formance Level c and category 1 to EN and venting pneumatic installations
el e and category 4 to EN ISO 13849-1 ISO 13849-1 • A silencer can be attached or the ex-
• For reducing pressure quickly and reli- • For reducing pressure quickly and reli- haust air can be ducted at port 3
ably and for building up pressure grad- ably and for building up pressure grad- • Switching position is immediately rec-
ually ually ognisable
• SIL 3 • Adjustable pressure build-up time • Optionally with pressure gauge and
• Adjustable pressure build-up time • Adjustable switch-through pressure pressure sensor
• Available with silencer • Supply voltage 24 V DC • Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12
• Supply voltage 24 V DC • Sizes: 6, 9
• Size: 6
online: è ms6-sv-e ms6-sv-c ms4-em1
On-off and soft-start valves: MS series
12
Soft-start valves Soft-start valves On-off valves

MS4-DE, MS6-DE, MS12-DE MS4-DL, MS6-DL, MS12-DL MS4-EE, MS6-EE, MS9-EE, MS12-EE
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G3/8, NPT1/2-14, Manifold G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, Manifold mod- G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, Manifold mod-
module ule ule
flow rate
Type of control Electric Pneumatic Electric
Quick ordering of
Description • 2/2-way valve for slowly pressurising • 2/2-way valve for slowly pressurising • Electric 3/2-way valve for pressurising
pneumatic systems with electrically pneumatic installations (for use with and exhausting pneumatic systems
switchable pressure switchover point on-off valves EM1 and EE) • A silencer can be attached or the ex-
• Supply voltage 24 V DC, 110, 230 V AC • For building up pressure gradually haust air can be ducted at port 3
• Switchable pressure switching point • Adjustable pressure build-up time • Supply voltage 24 V DC, 110, 230 V AC
• For advancing the drives slowly and re- • Sizes 4, 6, 12 • Optionally with pressure gauge and
liably into the initial position pressure sensor
• For avoiding sudden and unexpected • With solenoid coil, without plug socket
movements • Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12
• Adjustable pressure build-up time
• Sizes 4, 6, 12
online: è ms4-de ms4-dl ms4-ee

¤ Air preparation
On-off and soft-start valves: D series, metal
On-off valves On-off valves On/off valves Soft-start valves

HE HEE HEP HEL
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4,
G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8
flow rate
Operating pressure 0 … 16 bar 2.5 … 16 bar 0 … 16 bar 3 … 16 bar
Type of control Manual Electric Pneumatic Pneumatic
Description • Manual 3/2-way valve for • Electric 3/2-way valve for • Pneumatic 3/2-way valve • 2/2-way valve for slowly
pressurising and venting pressurising and venting for pressurising and ex- pressurising pneumatic sys-
pneumatic installations pneumatic installations hausting pneumatic instal- tems (for use with on-off
• A silencer can be attached • A silencer can be attached lations valves HE and HEE)
or the exhaust air can be or the exhaust air can be • Especially suitable for appli- • For building up pressure
ducted at port 3 ducted at port 3 cations requiring explosion gradually
• The switching position is • With solenoid coil, without protection • Adjustable pressure build-
immediately recognisable plug socket • Size: mini, midi, maxi up time
• Size: mini, midi, maxi • Solenoid actuator can be • Size: mini, midi, maxi
repositioned by 4x 90°
• Detenting and non-detent-
ing manual override
• Supply voltage 24 V DC,
110, 230 V AC
• Size: mini, midi, maxi
online: è he hee hep hel
On-off and soft-start valves: D series, polymer

12
Ne
w
On-off valves
HE-DB
Standard nominal 2300 l/min
flow rate
Type of control Manual
New • New series
Description • 3/2-way manual on-off valve
• Switching position is immediately recognisable
• Commercially available padlock for security
online: è he-db

Air preparation ¤
On-off and soft-start valves: individual devices
Ne
w
Shut-off valves On-off valves
HE-LO PVEL
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G3/4, G3/8 With SAE flange
flow rate
Type of control Manual Manual, pneumatic
New • New series
Description • For shutting off the compressed air supply whilst simultane- • For high-pressure applications
ously venting systems powered by compressed air • See supplementary information on food-safe materials at
• Can be locked in the closed position www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Screwed into piping, through-holes for wall mounting • Size: 124 mm
• To OSHA 29 CFR 147
online: è he-lo pvel
Air dryers: MS series
Membrane air dryers

MS4-LDM1, MS6-LDM1
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, G1/2, G3/8, G3/4
flow rate 12
Operating pressure 3 … 12.5 bar
Pressure dew point re- 20 K
duction
Description • Final dryer with excellent operational reliability
• Suitable for use as an individual device or for integration into existing service unit combinations
• Flow rate-dependent dew point reduction
• Wear-free function requiring no external energy
• Sizes: 4, 6
online: è ms4-ldm1

¤ Air preparation
Air dryers: D series, metal
Membrane air dryers

LDM1
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G3/4
flow rate
Operating pressure 3 … 12.5 bar
Pressure dew point 17 … 20 K
reduction
Description • Final dryer with excellent operational reliability
• Suitable for use as an individual device or for integration into existing service unit combinations
• Flow rate-dependent dew point reduction
• Wear-free function requiring no external energy
• Individual device with or without connecting plates, for service unit combination
• Size: maxi
online: è ldm1
Air dryers: individual devices
Adsorption dryer
PDAD
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G3/8
Supply pressure 1 4 … 16 bar
12 Pressure dew point −40 °C
Description • Ideal for decentralised compressed air drying
• Integrated filtering of oil and particulates
• Defined pressure dew point
• Low purge air consumption
online: è pdad

Air preparation ¤
Compressed air distribution units: MS series
Branching modules Distributor blocks

MS4-FRM, MS6-FRM, MS9-FRM, MS12-FRM MS4-FRM-FRZ, MS6-FRM-FRZ
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, NPT1 1/2- G1/4, G1/2
11 1/2, NPT1 1/4-11 1/2, NPT1-11 1/2, NPT1/2-14, NPT3/4-
14, G1/4, G1/2, G1, G2, NPT1-11 1/2, Manifold module
flow rate in main flow
direction 1->2
Quick ordering of
Description • Optionally with integrated non-return function and pressure • Slim pneumatic distributor
switch • Outlet at top and bottom
• Outlet at top and bottom • Can be used as an intermediate distributor for varying air
• Can be used as an intermediate distributor for varying air qualities
qualities • Can be used as an adapter between two pressure regulators
• Available with pressure sensor with large rotary knob with pressure gauge on size MS4
• Sizes: 4, 6, 9, 12 • Sizes: 4, 6
online: è ms*-frm ms*-frm-frz
Compressed air distributors: D series, metal
Branching modules Distributor blocks 12

FRM FRZ
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8 Manifold module
flow rate in main flow
direction 1->2
Description • Outlet at top and bottom • Outlet at top and bottom
• Can be used as an intermediate distributor for varying air • Can be used as an intermediate distributor for varying air
qualities qualities
• Optionally with integrated non-return function and pressure • Slim pneumatic distributor
switch • Size: micro, mini, midi, maxi
• Size: mini, midi, maxi
online: è frm frz

¤ Air preparation
Compressed air distributors: individual devices
Ne
w
Branching modules
PMBL
Pneumatic connection 3 G1
Pneumatic connection 4 G1
New • New series
Description • For high-pressure applications
• See supplementary information on food-safe materials at www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Sizes: 90 mm, 186 mm
online: è pmbl
Condensate drain
Water separators Condensate drains, electric Condensate drains, automatic

MS6-LWS, MS9-LWS, MS12-LWS PWEA WA
Pneumatic connection G1/2 M9
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G3/8, G1, Sub-base
Operating pressure 0.8 … 16 bar 0.8 … 16 bar 1.5 … 16 bar
Description • Efficient and maintenance-free water • Fully automatic condensate drain with • For attachment to service units and
separator independent electrical controller compressed air networks/systems
12 • Constantly high condensate separation • Interface for communicating with mas- • Automatic emptying after the max.fill
(99%) up to the maximum flow rate ter control device level has been reached
• Available with fully automatic or fully • Reliable thanks to non-contacting ca- • Automatic emptying after the operat-
automatic, electrically actuated con- pacitive sensor ing pressure p < 0.5 bar is switched off
densate drain • Can be used with service units or sim- • Manual actuation during operation is
• Sizes: 6, 9, 12 ply in piping systems possible
• Ready status and switching status in-
dicated via LEDs and electrical inter-
face
online: è ms6-lws pwea wa

Air preparation ¤
Pressure boosters
Pressure boosters
DPA
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/2, G1/4, G3/8, QS-10, QS-12, QS-16
Output pressure 2 4 … 16 bar
Supply pressure 1 2 … 10 bar
Description • Pneumatic pressure increase up to the double inlet pressure
• Optionally as pressure booster/air pressure reservoir combinations
• Any mounting position
• Short filling times
• Long service life
• Compact design
• Available with sensing option
online: è dpa
Pressure indicators
Pressure gauges Pressure gauges Flanged pressure gauges Flanged precision pressure
PAGN MA FMA gauges, precision pressure
gauges
FMAP, MAP
Type of mounting In-line installation In-line installation Front panel mounting Front panel mounting, in-line
installation 12
Indicating range [bar] 0 … 16 bar 0 … 25 bar 0 … 16 bar 0 … 16 bar
Pneumatic connection Cartridge 10, R1/8 G1/4, G1/8, M5, QS-4, QS-6, G1/4 G1/4, R1/8
QS-8, R1/4, R1/8
Operating pressure 0 … 16 bar 0 … 25 bar 0 … 16 bar 0 … 16 bar
Measurement accuracy 1.6, 2.5, 4 1.6, 2.5, 4, 5 1.6, 2.5 1, 1.6
class
Description • Pneumatic connection via • Designs based on DIN • Designs based on EN 837-1 • Designs based on EN 837-1
QSP-10 EN 837-1, optionally with • Pneumatic connection via G • Pneumatic connection via R
• Mounting via retaining red-green range thread or G thread
clamp • Pneumatic connection via R, • Display units bar, psi • Display units bar, psi
• Display units bar, psi metric or G thread, push-in
connector
• Display units bar, psi, MPa
online: è pagn ma fma fmap

¤ Air preparation
Pressure indicators
Ne
w
Pressure gauge kits Vacuum gauges Pressure gauges
DPA VAM, FVAM PAGL
Type of mounting With male thread Front panel mounting, screw-in In-line installation
Indicating range [bar] −1 … 9 bar 0 … 60 bar
Pneumatic connection G1/4, G1/8, R1/8 G1/4, G1/8, R1/4, R1/8 G1/4
Operating pressure 10 … 16 bar −1 … 9 bar 0 … 60 bar
Measurement accuracy 2.5, 4 2.5 1.6
class
New • New series
Description • For pressure booster DPA • Designs based on DIN EN 837-1, avail- • For high-pressure applications
• For monitoring the inlet and outlet able with red-green range • Display units bar, psi, MPa
pressure • Pneumatic connection via R or G
• Pneumatic connection via R or G thread
thread • Double or single scale
• Display units bar, in Hg, psi
online: è dpa vam pagl

Components for compressed air preparation with customised designs
Can’t find the compressed air preparation components you need in our catalogue?
• Modified pressure range
• Rotary knob: in a special colour, with protection against rotation
• Fitting: integrated throttling port, special thread
12 • Tubing with special printing
• Pressure gauge with red/green range
py to help.
 www.festo.com

Pneumatic connection technology ¤
Software tool Pneumatic connection technology
2017/01
Product Finder for tubing Simply enter parameters such as working pressure, chemicals and required resist-
ance to cleaning agents and have the program calculate the right tubing for your
application.
• either in the electronic catalogue by clicking on the blue button “Product finder”
You can then order the module that has been created with a single order item – ei-
ther completely pre-assembled or as individual parts in a single box. As a result,
• or on the DVD.
O. D. tubing
Ne
w
Plastic tubing Plastic tubing Plastic tubing Plastic tubing

PUN, PUN-DUO PUN-H, PUN-H-DUO PUN-CM PUN-V0
Outside diameter 3 … 16 mm 2 … 16 mm 4 … 12 mm 4 … 16 mm 13
Inside diameter 2 … 11 mm 1.2 … 11 mm 2.5 … 8 mm 2 … 11.8 mm
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 30 bar −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 30 bar
operating pressure
New • Transparent versions
Quick ordering of
Description • Polyurethane • Polyurethane • Polyurethane • Polyurethane
• High resistance to stress • High resistance to microbes • Plastic tubing, antistatic, • Flame retardant to UL 94
cracks and hydrolysis electrically conductive V0 … V2
• Suitable for energy chains • See supplementary informa- • Suitable for energy chains • For use in the immediate vi-
• Also available as DUO plas- tion on food-safe materials • Operating media: com- cinity of welding applica-
tic tubing at www.festo.com/sp > Cer- pressed air, vacuum tions
• Operating media: com- tificates • High resistance to microbes
pressed air, vacuum • Suitable for energy chains and hydrolysis
• Also available as DUO plas- • Suitable for energy chains
tic tubing • Operating medium: com-
• Operating media: compressed air, vacuum, water
pressed air, vacuum, water
online: è pun pun-h pun-cm pun-v0

¤ Pneumatic connection technology
O. D. tubing
Plastic tubing Plastic tubing Plastic tubing Heavy-duty tubing

PEN PAN PAN-MF PAN-R
Outside diameter 4 … 16 mm 4 … 16 mm 4 … 16 mm 4 … 28 mm
Inside diameter 2.7 … 10.8 mm 2.5 … 12 mm 2.5 … 12 mm 2.5 … 23 mm
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 35 bar −0.95 … 31 bar −0.95 … 35 bar
operating pressure
Description • Polyethylene • Polyamide • Polyamide • Polyamide
• High resistance to chemi- • High thermal and mechani- • High thermal and mechani- • For applications with a high
cals and very high resist- cal load capacities cal load capacities pressure range
ance to hydrolysis • High resistance to microbes • Meets the requirements to • High resistance to microbes
• Resistant to most cleaning • Operating media: com- DIN 73378 “Polyamide tub- • Operating medium: com-
agents and lubricants pressed air, vacuum ing for use in motor vehi- pressed air, vacuum
• Suitable for energy chains cles”
• Operating media: com- • Operating media com-
pressed air, vacuum, water pressed air, mineral oil
online: è pen pan pan pan-r
O. D. tubing
Plastic tubing Plastic tubing Plastic tubing

PAN-V0 PLN PFAN
Outside diameter 6 … 14 mm 4 … 16 mm 4 … 12 mm
Inside diameter 2.5 … 9 mm 2.9 … 12 mm 2.9 … 8.4 mm
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 12 bar −0.95 … 14 bar −0.95 … 16 bar
operating pressure
13
Description • PVC, polyamide • Polyethylene • Perfluoroalkoxy alkane
• Flame retardant to UL 94 V0 • High resistance to chemicals, microbes • Pneumatic tubing with resistance to
• High resistance to microbes and UV ra- and hydrolysis high temperatures and chemicals
diation • See supplementary information on • See supplementary information on
• Double-sheath tubing food-safe materials at food-safe materials at
• Suitable for energy chains www.festo.com/sp > Certificates www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Operating media: compressed air, vac- • Resistant to most cleaning agents and • High resistance to chemicals, mi-
uum, water, mineral oil lubricants crobes, UV radiation, hydrolysis and
• Operating media: compressed air, vac- stress cracks
uum, water • Operating medium: compressed air,
vacuum, water
online: è pan-v0 pln pfan

I. D. tubing
Plastic tubing
PU
Outside diameter 11.6 … 18 mm
Inside diameter 9 … 13.1 mm
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 10 bar
operating pressure
Description • Polyurethane with reinforcing fabric
• High resistance to abrasion and kinks
• Operating media: compressed air, vacuum (PU-13)
online: è pu
Spiral tubing
Spiral plastic tubing Spiral plastic tubing Spiral plastic tubing

PUN-S, PUN-S-DUO PUN-SG PPS
Outside diameter 4 … 12 mm 9.5 … 11.7 mm 6.3 … 7.8 mm
Inside diameter 2.6 … 8 mm 6.4 … 7.9 mm 4.7 … 6.2 mm
Working length 0.5 … 6 m 2.4 … 6 m 7.5 … 15 m
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 15 bar −0.95 … 21.2 bar
operating pressure
Description • Polyurethane • Polyurethane, nickel-plated brass, pol- • Polyamide, brass, galvanised steel
• Also available as DUO plastic tubing yacetal • Pre-assembled with 2 rotatable con-
• Operating media: compressed air, vac- • Pre-assembled with captive rotatable nectors and captive sealing rings OL
uum fittings • Highly resistant to microbes 13
• High resistance to microbes and hy- • Operating medium: compressed air,
drolysis vacuum, water
• Operating media: compressed air, vac-
uum
online: è spiral spiral pps

Push-in fittings
Push-in fittings Push-in fittings/connectors, Push-in fittings/connectors, Cartridges

NPQH metal, standard resistant to media QSP10, QSPK, QSPKG,
NPQM NPQP QSPLK, QSPLKG, QSPLLK,
QSPLLKG
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/2, G1/4, Push-in sleeve QS-10, QS-12, Push-in sleeve QS-10, QS-12, Cartridge 10 mm, 14 mm,
G1/8, G3/8, M5, M7, female QS-14, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, for QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, for tubing 18 mm, 20 mm
thread G1/4, G1/8, push-in tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm,
sleeve QS-10, QS-12, QS-14, 14 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, R1/2, R1/4,
QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, for tubing G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, R1/8, R3/8
O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 14 mm, M7
4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
Pneumatic connection 2 Push-in sleeve QS-10, QS-12, For tubing O. D. 10 mm, For tubing O. D. 10 mm, For tubing O. D. 10 mm,
QS-14, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, for 12 mm, 14 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm 12 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm,
tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm 8 mm
14 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
operating pressure
Ambient temperature 0 … 150 °C −20 … 70 °C −20 … 60 °C −10 … 60 °C
Description • Solid-metal brass, chemical- • Solid-metal brass, nick- • Polypropylene • Cartridge fittings
ly nickel-plated el-plated • Low-cost alternative to • Straight or angled design
• High corrosion and chemical • Attractively priced metal stainless steel: resistant to • PBT and nickel-plated brass
resistance push-in fitting most cleaning agents in • Operating medium: com-
• Highly resistant to tempera- • Sturdy combination with tubing pressed air, vacuum
tures and pressure • Operating media: com- PLN
• See supplementary informa- pressed air, vacuum, water • For use with extreme media
tion on food-safe materials influences
at www.festo.com/sp > Cer- • See supplementary informa-
tificates tion on food-safe materials
• Operating media com- at www.festo.com/sp > Cer-
pressed air, vacuum, water tificates
• Operating media com-
pressed air, vacuum
13
online: è npqh npqm npqp qsp

Push-in fittings
Push-in fittings, mini series Push-in fittings, standard Push-in fittings, stainless steel
QSM, QSMC, QSMF, QSMP, QSMS, QS, QSF, QSS, QSSF, QSC, QSH, QSL, CRQS, CRQSL, CRQSS, CRQST, CRQSY
QSML, QSMLL, QSMLV, QSMLLV, QSMT, QSLL, QSLF, QSLV, QST, QSTF, QSTL,
QSMTL, QSMX, QSMY QSW, QSX, QSY, QSYL, QSYLV, QSYTF
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/8, M3, M5, M6, Male thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, Male thread M5, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/8,
M6x0.75, M7, M8x0.75, R1/8, female G3/8, M5, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/8, fe- for tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm,
thread M3, M5, push-in sleeve QS-2, QS- male thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
3, QS-4, QS-6, for tubing O. D. 2 mm, push-in sleeve QS-10, QS-12, QS-16, QS-
3 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm 4, QS-6, QS-8, for tubing O. D. 10 mm,
12 mm, 16 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O. D. 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, Female thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, For tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm,
6 mm push-in sleeve QS-10, QS-12, QS-16, QS- 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
4, QS-6, QS-8, for tubing O. D. 10 mm,
12 mm, 16 mm, 22 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm,
8 mm
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 14 bar −0.95 … 14 bar
operating pressure
Quick ordering of
Description • Mini series • Standard series • Maximum corrosion resistance (corro-
• Compact for maximum component • Wide range of variants: large selection sion resistance class 4 according to
density in confined spaces for maximum flexibility in standard ap- Festo standard 940 070) and chemical
• PBT and nickel-plated brass plications resistance
• Operating media: compressed air, vac- • PBT and nickel-plated brass • See supplementary information on
uum, (water) • Operating media: compressed air, vac- food-safe materials at
uum, (water) www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
uum, (water)
• Stainless steel
online: è qsm qs crqs
13

Push-in fittings
Push-in fittings, resistant to welding spatter Self-sealing/rotary push-in fittings and connectors
QS-V0, QSL-V0, QST-V0 QSK, QSSK, QSKL, QSR, QSRL
Pneumatic connection 1 For tubing O. D. 10, 12, 4, 6, 8, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, R1/2, Male thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8,
R1/4, R1/8, R3/8 R3/8, for tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm For tubing O. D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
operating pressure
Ambient temperature 0 … 60 °C −10 … 80 °C
Description • PBT, reinforced • Standard series
• Resistant to welding spatter • Self-sealing push-in fitting blocks the air flow after the tub-
• For use in all areas where there is a risk of fire ing is disconnected
• Reliable even for applications in close proximity to welding • PBT and nickel-plated brass
spatter • Push-in fitting, rotatable with swivel connection, rotatable
• Operating medium: compressed air, vacuum, water by 360° with max. 500 rpm
• Operating medium: compressed air, vacuum
online: è qs-v0 qsr
13

Barbed fittings
Quick connectors Barbed fittings Barbed hose fittings Quick connectors

NPCK CN, CRCN, FCN, L-PK, LCN, N, C-P, N-P, N-MS, SK ACK, CK, QCK, SCK, CV-PK,
RTU, SCN, LCNH, T-PK, TCN, GCK-KU, LCK, LCKN, TCK,
V-PK, Y-PK KCK-KU, FCK-KU, MCK, LK,
TK, VT
Nominal width 2 … 6.2 mm 1.3 … 5.3 mm 4 … 16.5 mm 2 … 12 mm
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/4, G1/8, Male thread G1/4, G1/8, Male thread G1, G1/2, G1/4, Male thread G1/2, G1/4,
G3/8, M5 G3/8, M3, M5, for tubing O. D. G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, female G1/8, G3/8, M5, R1/4, R1/8,
3 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, R3/8, female thread G1/2,
G3/8, NPT1-11 1/2, NPT3/4- G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, for
14 barbed connector I. D. 3 mm,
4 mm, 6 mm, 9 mm with union
nut
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O. D. 10 mm, 4 mm, For tubing O. D. 3 mm, 4 mm, For tubing O. D. 8 mm, for tub- For tubing O. D. 4 mm, 6 mm,
6 mm, 8 mm 6 mm, 8 mm ing I. D. 19 mm, 13 mm, 9 mm 8 mm, for tubing I. D. 13 mm,
9 mm, for barbed fitting I. D.
13 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm,
9 mm with union nut
Operating pressure −0.95 … 12 bar −0.95 … 10 bar −0.95 … 16 bar 0 … 16 bar
Ambient temperature −20 … 120 °C 0 … 60 °C −10 … 60 °C
Description • Stainless steel design • Straight shape, T-shape, • Barbed hose fitting with or • Bulkhead quick connector
• See supplementary informa- L-shape, Y-shape without sealing ring • Sealing cap for plastic tube
tion on food-safe materials • Operating media: com- • Tubing clip to DIN 3017 fittings and barbed connec-
at www.festo.com/sp > Cer- pressed air, vacuum • Operating media: com- tors
tificates • Brass, POM, aluminium or pressed air, vacuum • Multiple distributor
• Fulfils all Clean Design re- stainless steel • Brass or aluminium, steel • Union nut for CK tube fitting
quirements • Operating media: com-
• Straight shape pressed air, vacuum, (water)
• Operating media: com- • Aluminium, steel, POM or
pressed air, vacuum, water zinc
online: è npck n_070302 n_cnp ck
13

Threaded fittings
Threaded fittings Adapters Reducers, sleeves, double nipples

NPFC NPFV D, E, ESK, FR, G, LJK, NPFA, QM, QMR,
QSP10, SCM, TJK
Pneumatic connection 1 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5, G1/4 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M3,
M7, R1, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/4, R3/8 M5, M7, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/8
Pneumatic connection 2 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M5, G1/4, NPT1/4-18 G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G3/8, M3,
R1, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/4, R3/8 M5, M7, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/8
Operating pressure −0.95 … 50 bar 2 … 8 bar 0.9 … 8 bar
entire temperature
range
Nominal width 6 mm 2.6 … 10.7 mm
Description • Nickel-plated brass • Aluminium • Brass or aluminium
• Sleeve • Adapter with filter • Reducing nipple
• Reducing sleeve • From G1/4 to NPT1/4 or G1/4 • Reducing sleeve
• Extension • Operating media: compressed air, vac- • Double nipple
• Double nipple uum • Distributor block
• Reducing nipple • Female bulkhead fitting
• L-, T-, Y- or X-fitting • Sleeve
• Operating media: compressed air, vac- • Operating medium: compressed air,
uum vacuum
online: è npfc npfv esk
Threaded fittings
Ring pieces, hollow bolts Blanking plugs

13 LK, TK, VT B
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5
Pneumatic connection 2 For barbed connector I. D. 3 mm with union nut, 4 mm, 6 mm
with union nut
Operating pressure
Operating pressure for 0 … 10 bar
entire temperature
range
Ambient temperature
Nominal width
Quick ordering of
Description • Multiple distributor consisting of hollow bolt VT and ring • Aluminium, stainless steel
piece LK or TK • With sealing ring
• With two to six outlets and one common air feed
• Operating media: compressed air, vacuum
• Galvanised steel
online: è lk b-1

Click fitting
Click fittings
NPKA
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/8
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O. D. 6 mm
operating pressure
Nominal width 4 mm
Description • POM, polyamide 66
• Quick and simple tube installation using one hand
• Completely plastic
• Suitable for use in cleaning-intensive areas.
• See supplementary information on food-safe materials at www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Operating media compressed air, vacuum, water
online: è npka
Piping
Plastic pipes Piping Plastic-coated metal tubes

PQ-PA PQ-AL PM
Outside diameter 12 … 28 mm 12 … 28 mm 6 … 8 mm
Information on PA Wrought aluminium alloy Wrought aluminium alloy, PE
materials: tubing
Temperature-dependent −0.95 … 15 bar −0.95 … 15 bar −0.95 … 30 bar 13
operating pressure
Description • Rigid pipe made from high-quality pol- • Rigid aluminium pipe • Polyethylene, aluminium
yamide • Smooth inside wall ensures optimum • Can be bent straight and reshaped sev-
• Smooth inside wall ensures optimum flow conditions eral times without a pipe-bending de-
flow conditions • Operating media: compressed air, vac- vice and without being damaged
• Operating media: compressed air, vacuum, liquid media • Resistant to deformation
uum, liquid media • Operating medium: compressed air,
vacuum
online: è pq-pa pq-al pm

Push-in fittings for piping PQ
Push-in fittings
CQ, CQA, CQC, CQD, CQH, CQL, CQO, CQSR, CQT
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1, G1/2, G3/4, G3/8, female thread G1/2, push-in sleeve CQ-12, CQ-15, CQ-18, CQ-22, CQ-28, QS-16, for pipe/
tubing O. D. 12 mm, 15 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, 28 mm
Pneumatic connection 2 Female thread G1/2, push-in sleeve CQ-12, CQ-15, CQ-18, CQ-22, CQ-28, QS-12, QS-16, for pipe/tubing O. D. 12 mm, 15 mm,
18 mm, 22 mm, 28 mm
Nominal width 8 … 24.9 mm
operating pressure
Description • For pipes PQ-PA, PQ-AL and tubing PAN and PUN
• Operating media: compressed air, vacuum, liquid media
• POM
online: è cq
Couplings
Quick coupling sockets, quick coupling Multiple connectors Multi-tube connectors

plugs KSV, KDV, KDVF KM
KD1, KD2, KD3, KD4, KD5, KS1, KS2,
KS3, KS4, KS5
Pneumatic port For tubing O. D. 3, 4, 6, 8, PK-2, PK-3, PK- PK-2, PK-3, PK-4
4, PK-6
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8,
M3, M5, female thread G1/2, G1/4,
13 G1/8, G3/8, M5, CK-13, CK-3, CK-4, CK-6,
CK-9, CN-2, CN-4, CN-6, N-6, N-9, N-13
flow rate
Description • Quick connection coupling for stand- • POM, aluminium, brass • Polymer, brass
ard applications without safety func- • Multi-plug, multi-socket • For max. 22 lines
tion • Terminal plug and terminal socket • Used as control cabinet outlet
• Shut off at one or both ends • Operating media: compressed air, vac- • Operating medium: compressed air,
• With male or female thread or with uum vacuum
barbed fitting or quick connector
• Nickel-plated brass
uum
online: è kd1 ksv km

Distributors
Multiple distributors Multiple distributors Distributors Rotary distributors

QSLV, QSQ, QST3 QSYTF FR GF
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/2, G1/4, Male thread G1/2, G1/4, Female thread G1/2, G1/4, Male thread G1/4, G3/8,
G1/8, G3/8, R1/2, R1/4, G1/8, G3/8, R1/2, R1/4, G1/8, G3/8, G3/4 G1/2, G1/8
R1/8, R3/8, for tubing O. D. R1/8, R3/8
10 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O. D. 10 mm, Female thread G1/2, G1/4, Female thread G1/2, G1/4, Female thread G1/4, G3/8,
12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm G1/8, G3/8, for tubing O. D. G1/8, G3/8, M3, M5, for tub- G1/2, G1/8, M5
10 mm, 12 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm ing O. D. 4 mm, 6 mm
No. of supply lines 1 1 1
No. of outlets 2, 3, 4, 6 3 3, 8, 9, 12
Maximum speed 300 … 3000 1/min
Description • PBT and nickel-plated brass • PBT and nickel-plated brass • Aluminium • 2 or 4 axial and radial out-
• L-shape, T-shape • Y-shape • 4, 8, 9 or 12 connections lets
• Rotatable 360° • Rotatable 360° • Operating medium: com- • Single or multiple rotary
• Reducing design • Operating media: compressed air, vacuum distributor
• Operating media: compressed air, vacuum, (water) • Operating media: com-
pressed air, vacuum, (water) pressed air, vacuum
• Brass, hardened steel
online: è qslv qsytf fr gf
Protective conduit systems
Protective conduits Fittings

MK, MKG, MKR, MKV HMZAS, HMZV, MKA, MKGV, MKM, MKRL, MKRS, MKRT,
MKRV, MKVM, MKVV, MKY
13
Inside diameter 7.5 … 48 mm
Outside diameter 10 … 52 mm
Design Strip-wound metal conduit, internally and externally corrugat-
ed all-plastic conduit, separable
Description • For protecting pneumatic tubing and electrical cables • Installation kit
• Galvanised steel, PA, PP, PVC spring steel • Junction box
• Metal or plastic design • Adapter connector
• High alternate bending strength • Protective conduit fitting
• Lock nut
• Protective conduit connector
• Y-distributor
• Polymer, polyamide, nickel-plated brass
online: è mkg mka

¤ Electrical connection technology
Software tool Electrical connection technology
2017/01
configurator.
Universal connecting cables
Connecting cables Connecting cables/plug sockets with Connecting cables

NEBU cable KM12
SIM
Electrical connection M8x1, M12x1, straight plug, angled plug, Straight socket, angled socket, 3-pin,
straight socket, angled socket, rotatable sock- 4-pin, clip-on, angled socket / open
et, 7/8" round plug connector, open end, end, straight socket / open end,
2-pin, 3-pin, 4-pin, 5-pin, 2-wire, 3-wire, M8x1 / -, M12x1 / -, 3-pin / 3-wire,
4-wire, 5-wire, rotatable thread, straight 4-pin / 4-wire, 5-pin / 3-wire, 5-pin /
plug / open end, angled socket / angled plug, 4-wire, 5-pin / 5-wire
angled socket / open end, straight socket /
straight plug, straight socket / angled socket,
straight socket / open end, M8x1 / -, M8x1 /
M8x1, M8x1 / M12x1, M12x1 / -, M12x1 /
M12x1, M12x1 / M8x1, 3-pin / 3-pin, 3-pin /
4-pin, 4-pin / 4-pin, 5-pin / 4-pin, 5-pin /
5-pin, 3-pin / 3-wire, 4-pin / 4-wire, 5-pin /
3-wire, 5-pin / 4-wire, 5-pin / 5-wire, – / rotat-
able thread
Electrical connection 1 Field device side, controller side Field device side, controller side Field device side, controller side
and 2, function
Electrical connection 1
14 Socket, cable Socket, cable Socket, plug
and 2, connection type
Electrical connection 1 angled Straight, angled Straight
and 2, cable outlet
Electrical connection 1 Round Round Round
and 2, design
Electrical connection 1 M12x1, A-coded to EN 61076-2-101, open end M12x1, A-coded to EN 61076-2-101, M12x1, A-coded to EN 61076-2-101
and 2, connection tech- open end
nology
Electrical connection 1 8 3, 4, 8 8
and 2, number of pins/
wires
Cable length 0.1 … 30 m 2 … 10 m 2 m
Quick ordering of
Description • Designs for static, standard, energy chain • Pre-assembled, pre-assembled at • For connecting inputs and outputs
and robot applications both ends • Type of mounting: union nut,
• Versions with switching status display threaded connector
• Designs for connecting sensors and actua-
tors
online: è nebu sim km12

Electrical connection technology ¤
Connecting cables for control systems
Ne
w
Connecting cables Connecting cables, Cables Connecting cables
NEBC diagnostic cables FEC-KBG NEBP
SBOA
Electrical connection M12x1, straight plug, socket, Straight plug connector/ RJ11 plug / Sub-D, socket, Angled socket, M16x0.75,
straight plug, USB 2.0 type B, 4-pin, straight socket/straight 15-pin, RJ12 plug / Sub-D, 6-pin
straight plug, M12x1, 4-pin, D-cod- socket socket, 15-pin Angled plug connector,
ed, straight plug, RJ45, 4-pin, M9x0.5, 5-pin
straight plug, M12x1, 4-pin, D-cod-
ed, screenable, angled plug, M9,
5-pin, straight plug, USB 2.0 type A,
4-pin, straight plug M12x1, 4-pin, D,
open end, 26-wire, straight plug,
Sub-D, 25-pin, open end, 4-wire,
open end, 5-wire, Sub-D, 5-pin,
9-pin, 15-pin, 25-pin, straight plug /
open end, straight socket / straight
socket, square design angled
Sub-D/Sub-D, Sub-D/-, 15-pin/9-
pin
Electrical connection 1 Field device side, controller side
and 2, function
Electrical connection 1 Plug, cable
Electrical connection 1 Straight
and 2, cable outlet
Electrical connection 1 Square
and 2, design
Electrical connection 1 Sub-D, open end
and 2, connection tech-
nology
Electrical connection 1 15
wires
Cable length 0.25 … 20 m 2 m 2.5 … 5 m 2 m
Description • For I/O interface • Used as Ethernet diagnos- • For connecting electrical • Connection between line-
• For connecting motor controller tic cable, for integration in terminal CPX to operator ar drive DGPI, DGPIL or
14
CMMS-ST to any control system a CPI system, for I/O ex- unit FED displacement encoder
tension, for compact vi- MME and measuring mod-
sion system type SBOC-Q, ule CPX-CMIX
SBOI-Q
online: è nebc sboa fec-kbg 575898

Connecting cables for control systems
Pilot cables Programming cables Programming cables Connecting cables

KES KDI PS1 KV-M12
Electrical connection Straight plugs / straight sock- Sub-D, 9-pin Straight socket, M12, 5-pin,
ets, straight socket / straight A-coded, straight plug,
plug, M8x1 / Sub-D, Sub-D / M12x1, 5-pin, A-coded
Sub-D, 4-pin / 9-pin, 9-pin /
9-pin
Electrical connection 1 Field device side, controller
and 2, function side
Electrical connection 1 Socket, cable
Electrical connection 1 Straight
and 2, cable outlet
Electrical connection 1 Square
and 2, design
Electrical connection 1 Sub-D, open end
and 2, connection tech-
nology
Electrical connection 1 9, 10, 15, 18
wires
Cable length 2.5 … 10 m 2.5 … 3 m 1.5 m 1.5 … 3.5 m
Description • For I/O interface for con- • Pre-assembled at both ends • Connecting cable for motor • Plug socket with cable for
necting motor controller • For diagnostic interface controller CMMS-ST diagnostic interface (to CPX
SFC-DC to any controller • For servo motor MTR-DCI terminal)
• For I/O interface for con- • Pre-assembled at both ends
necting motor unit MTR-DCI • 5-pin/4-wire
to any controller • Round plug
• Mounting via union nut M12
online: è kes kdi cmms-st kv-m12
Connecting cables for motors

14
Motor, encoder, resolver Motor cables Power supply cables Fieldbus adapters
cables KMTR KPWR FBA
NEBM
Cable length 1 … 25 m 2.5 … 10 m 2.5 … 10 m 0.1 … 0.11 m
Description • For servo motor EMMS-AS • For motor controllers • For motor units MTR-DCI • 9-pin Sub-D plug to 5-pin
and stepper motor SFC-DC • For motor controllers round plug/M12 socket
E MMS-ST SFC-DC for connecting load
• Suitable for energy chains and logic supply
online: è nebm kmtr kpwr fba

Connecting cables for valves
Ne
w
Connecting cables/plug Connecting cables Plug sockets with cable Plug sockets with cable
sockets with cable NEDV KMYZ-2, KMYZ-4 KMEB-1, KMEB-2, KMEB-3
NEBV-H1, NEBV-M8
Electrical connection M8x1, socket, 2-pin, angled 2x angled socket, M12, 3-pin, Cable, angled socket, square Angled socket, to
socket / straight plug, angled angled plug, M8, 4-pin design MSZB, square design DIN EN 175301-803, type C,
socket / cable, M8x1 / M8x1, MSZC, angled socket / 2-pin, 3-pin, 4-pin, 5-pin
4-pin / 3-pin, 4-pin / 2-wire straight plug, angled socket /
cable, square design / M8x1,
square design / open end,
2-pin / 3-pin, 2-pin / 2-wire
Cable length 0.2 … 10 m 0.2 m 0.5 … 10 m 0.5 … 10 m
Quick ordering of
Description • Connecting cable for valves • For proportional valves • For valves with ZB solenoid • For valves with EB solenoid
with ZC solenoid coils VPWP coil: MZBH, MOZBH coil: CPE18, CPE24, MEBH,
(CPE10, CPE14), for valves • For connecting to connect- • For valves with ZC solenoid MOEBH, JMEBH, JMEBDH,
VUVG ing plate VAPV-S3 coil: CPE10-M1BH, CPE14- JMN2DH
• Pre-assembled • Pre-assembled M1BH, MH2, MH3 • Polyvinyl chloride or polyu-
• Mounting via central screw rethane cable
• Mounting via central screw
online: è nebv nedv kmyz-2 kmeb-1
Plug sockets with cable Plug sockets with cable Plug sockets with cable Connecting cables/plug
KME KMF KMC sockets with cable
KMH
Electrical connection Angled socket, square design, Socket Socket, type A Socket, 3-pin
3-pin, type C, open end,
2-wire 14
Cable length 2.5 … 10 m 2.5 … 10 m 2.5 … 10 m 0.5 … 5 m
Quick ordering of
Description • For valves with E solenoid • For valves with F solenoid • For valves with D solenoid • For miniature valves MHA1
coil: MEH, MOEH, JMEH coil: MFH, MOFH, JMFH, JM- coil: MDH, MODH, JMDH and MHP1
• Mounting via central screw FDH, NVF3, MUFH • For valves with N1 solenoid • For fast-switching valves
• With polyvinyl chloride ca- • Mounting via central screw coil: MN1H, JMN1H, JMN- MHA2 and MHP2
ble • With polyvinyl chloride ca- 1DH • Mounting via clip
• Ambient temperature ble • With polyvinyl chloride ca- • Ambient temperature
−20 … +80 °C • Ambient temperature ble −40 … +80 °C
−20 … +80 °C • Mounting via central screw • With polyvinyl chloride ca-
• Ambient temperature ble
−20 … +80 °C
online: è kme kmf kmc kmh

Connecting cables Plug sockets with cable Connecting cables

MHJ9-KMH KMV KRP
Electrical connection Straight socket / straight socket / cable, Socket, type B Angled socket, 2-pin
2-pin / 2-pin / 4-wire
Cable length 0.5 … 2.5 m 2.5 … 10 m 2.5 … 5 m
Description • For valves MHJ9 • For valves with V solenoid coil • Plug socket with cable for connecting
• With plug sockets KMH • Mounting via central screw M3 relay plates (valve terminal CPV10 and
• With control electronics for two valves • With polyvinyl chloride cable CPV14)
• Ambient temperature −20 … +80 °C • Pre-assembled
• Mounting via self-tapping central
screw
online: è mhj9-kmh kmv krp
Electrical plug-in bases Plug sockets with cable Connecting cables

MHAP-PI KMPPE KMPYE-AIF, KMPYE-5, KMPYE-…
Electrical connection Socket, 2-pin, 3-pin 8-pin
Cable length 0.5 … 1 m 2.5 … 5 m 0.3 … 5 m
Description • Plug base with cable for connecting in- • For proportional pressure regulators • Plug socket with cable, screened, 5 m
dividual valves MPPE and MPPES cable, for proportional directional con-
• Pre-assembled • Mounting via union nut M16x0.75 trol valves MPYE
• Socket, 2-pin or 3-pin • With polyvinyl chloride cable
• Mounting via clip • Ambient temperature −30 … +80 °C
online: è mhap kmppe kmpye
14

Connecting cables for valve terminals
Ne
w
Connecting cables/plug Flat cables Addressing cables Connecting cables
sockets with cable KASI KASI-ADR KMP3, KMP4, KMP6
NEBV-S1
Electrical connection Socket, Sub-D, 25-pin, 44-pin Straight socket / angled Socket, Sub-D, 9-pin, 15-pin,
plug / straight socket, 4-pin / 25-pin, 26-pin
4-pin / 2-pin
Cable length 0.5 … 30 m 100 m 2.5 m 2.5 … 10 m
Description • Connecting cable for mul- • For AS-Interface® • For AS-Interface® • Plug socket with cable for
ti-pin plug connection • 2-wire • For any slaves such as indi- multi-pin plug connection
• Pre-assembled • Reverse polarity protected vidual valve interface, valve • Pre-assembled
• Contact using insulation terminal with AS-Interface® • Mounting via union nut,
displacement technology connection with 2 screws
• No need to strip cable and • Reverse polarity protected
wire insulation
• Two different colours: yel-
low (preferred for the AS-In-
terface® network) and
black (for auxiliary power
supply)
online: è nebv kasi kasi-adr kmp
Connecting cables for valve terminals
Connecting cables Connecting cables Connecting cables Connecting cables

KMPV KVI KVIA VMPA-KMS1, VMPA-KMS2,
VMPAL-KM, VMPAL-KMSK
Electrical connection Socket, Sub-D, 15-pin M9, plug, socket, 5-pin, Straight plug / straight sock- Cable with plug
straight socket/straight plug et, straight plug / angled
socket 14
Cable length 5 … 10 m 0.25 … 8 m 5 … 10 m 2.5 … 10 m
Description • Plug socket with cable for • For fieldbus connection (for • For inputs/outputs (ana- • Plug socket with cable for
multi-pin plug connection valve terminal CPV and in- logue connections) multi-pin connection (to
• Pre-assembled stallation system CPI) • Pre-assembled at both ends valve terminal MPA)
• Pre-assembled at both ends • 4-pin/5-pin round plug • Variant suitable for use with
• Suitable for energy chains • Suitable for energy chains energy chains
• Cable outlet straight or on
the side
• Pre-assembled at one end
• With polyvinyl chloride or
polyurethane cable
online: è kmpv kvi kvia vmpa-kms

Connecting cables for sensors
Connecting cables
NEBS
Electrical connection 1 Straight socket, M12x1, 12-pin, A-coded, straight socket, M12x1, 5-pin, A-coded, socket, square design L1, 4-pin
Electrical connection 2 Straight socket, M12x1, 12-pin, A-coded, open end, 12-wire, open end, 4-wire, open end, 5-wire
Cable length 0.3 … 10 m
Description • For pressure sensor SPAB
• Protection class IP40
online: è nebs
Universal plug connectors

Ne
w
Distributors Cable sockets Plug connectors Push-in T-connectors

NEDY NEFU NECU, NECU-HX NEDU
Electrical connection Straight plug, M8x1, straight Angled socket, RJ45, 4-pin, M8x1, M12x1, socket, Sub-D, Straight socket, M12, 5-pin,
plug, M12x1, plug, M8x1 straight socket, M12x1, 9-pin, straight plug, straight A-coded, straight socket,
A-coded, EN 61076-2-104, 4-pin, D-coded socket, 7/8", 4-pin, straight M12x1, 5-pin, A-coded,
plug, M12x1 A-coded, socket, 7/8“, 5-pin, IDC terminal, straight plug, M12x1, 2-pin,
EN 61076-2-101, open end screw terminal, straight socket, A-coded, socket / socket /
M12x1, 5-pin, B-coded, screena- plug, M12x1 / M12x1 /
ble, socket, screw terminal, M12x1, 4-pin / 4-pin / 4-pin,
screenable, spring-loaded termi- A-coded / A-coded / A-coded
nal, AIDA push-pull, straight
plug, M8x1, 4-pin, straight plug,
M12x1, 4-pin, D-coded, screena-
ble, straight plug, M12x1, 5-pin,
B-coded, screenable, plug,
Sub-D, 9-pin, square design,
type A, 3-pin, 4-pin, 5-pin, 7-pin,
8-pin, 2x20-pin, A-coded,
R=2.54, pre-assembled, straight
14 plug / insulation displacement
connector, straight plug / screw
terminal, socket / spring-loaded
terminal
Degree of protection IP65, IP67, IP68, IP69K IP20, IP65, IP67, to IP20, IP40, IP65, IP67 IP65, IP67
IEC 60529, in assembled
state
Connection cross section 0.08 … 2.5 mm²
New • New series
Description • Collection of signals be- • Cable socket for branching • Power supply socket for field- • For fieldbus connection
tween field devices (sen- the AS-Interface® net- bus connection • Branch line for connecting
sors) and double-assigned work at any required point • NECU-HX: reconnectable M8 and disconnecting fieldbus
controller inputs • Reconnecting AS-Inter- and M12 round plug connec- components
• Distribution of signals be- face® flat cable to 5-pin tors with Harax® quick con-
tween double-assigned con- M12 socket nection technology for
troller outputs and field de- • Reverse polarity protected low-voltage applications
vices (actuators, e. g. • Plug connector and socket for
valves) power supply
• Can be assembled with any
cable lengths
online: è nedy nefu necu nedu

Universal plug connectors
Multi-pin plug distributors Plug connectors Cable distributors Cable sockets

NEDU SEA ASI-KVT ASI-SD
Electrical connection Straight socket, M8, 3-pin, M8x1, M12x1, M12x1 round Straight socket, screw termi-
straight plug, M12x1, 8-pin plug connector, type A, 3-pin, nal, 2-pin, 4-pin
4-pin, 5-pin, straight plug /
solder connection, straight
plug / insulation displace-
ment connector, straight
plug / screw terminal, angled
socket / screw terminal
Degree of protection IP68 IP65, IP67 IP65 IP65, IP67
Connection cross section 0.08 … 0.75 mm² 1.5 mm² 0.75 … 1.5 mm²
Description • Multi-pin plug distributor • Sensor plug and socket for • Flat cable distributor for • For AS-Interface®
• Particularly compact inputs/outputs branching or for reconnect- • Flat-cable socket for con-
• Can be assembled with any ing AS-Interface® flat ca- necting AS-Interface® sta-
cable lengths bles tions to the AS-Interface®
• Reverse polarity protected bus system
• M12 connection
• Reverse polarity protected
• Detachable connection
online: è nedu sea asi-kvt asi-sd
Plug connectors for control systems
Plug connectors Plug connectors Plug connectors

NECC PS1-SAC, PS1-ZC FBS-SUB-9-WS
Electrical connection Sub-D / screw terminal, 9-pin / 9-pin Socket / terminal strip, 10-pin / 10-pin, 5-pin, type A, M12x1, straight plug /
10-pin / 30-pin screw terminal
Connection cross section 0.2 … 2.5 mm² 0.08 … 0.75 mm² 0.75 mm² 14
Degree of protection IP40 IP40
Description • Encoder plug for motor controllers • For power supply • Plug connector for bus connection CAN
CMMS-ST, CMMS-AS • Cable connection using clamping bus and PROFIBUS
• Plug for multi-axis controllers CMXR for technology • Cable connection 2x horizontal or 2x
interface housing CAMI-C, 11-pin • Individually or as a set vertical
• Plug for multi-axis controllers CMXR • Printed circuit terminal block with
and for modular controllers CECX for screw connector
peripheral modules
• 2-pin, 4-pin, 6-pin, 8-pin, 11-pin,
18‑pin
online: è necc ps1 fbs-sub-9-ws

Plug connectors for control systems
Plug connectors Plug assortment

FBS-RJ45 NEKM
Electrical connection 5-pin, type A, M12x1, straight plug / screw terminal 2 … 9-pin, screw connector
Connection cross section 0.75 mm² 0.2 … 2.5 mm²
Degree of protection IP65, IP67, to IEC 60529
Description • Ethernet plug with 8-pin RJ45 connection • For motor cable, encoder cable, power supply, reference
• High transmission quality switch, STO safety function
• Detachable connection • Comprising plug connector for power supply and plug con-
nector for motor connection
online: è fbs-rj nekm
Plug connectors for valves
Adapters Plug sockets

NEFV MSSD
Electrical connection Socket, angled socket, angled socket, square design, 3-pin,
type C, socket, to EN 175301-803, type C, square design,
square design MSC, square design MSEB, square design MSF,
square design MSN1, square design MSN2, square design
MSV, to DIN EN 175301-803, to DIN EN 61984, type A, type B,
type C, 3-pin, 4-pin
Electrical connection 1 Field device side, controller side, analogue output module
and 2, function (green), digital input module (white), analogue input module
(yellow), digital output module (red)
Electrical connection 1 Socket, 4x plug
Electrical connection 1 Straight, angled
and 2, cable outlet
Electrical connection 1 Round
14 and 2, design
Electrical connection 1 M12x1, A-coded to EN 61076-2-101
and 2, connection
technology
Electrical connection 1 8
wires
Connection cross section 0.25 … 1.5 mm²
Degree of protection IP65, IP67 IP50, IP65, IP67, to IEC 60529, in assembled state
Quick ordering of
Description • Adapter for connecting a proportional valve to the control • For valves with F, D, N1, V, E, EB, N2, Y, Z, ZB, ZC, MD-2 and
system MH-2 solenoid coils
• For connecting individual valves
• Cable connection using clamping screws, insulation dis-
placement technology or push-in connector
• Optionally with LED display
online: è nefv mssd

Soldering base Multi-pin plug sockets Angled plug sockets

PCBC NECA MPPE-3-B
Electrical connection 2-pin Socket, Sub-D, 9-pin Angled socket, 8-pin, solderable
Connection cross section 0.34 … 1 mm² 0.75 mm²
Degree of protection IP40 IP65, to IEC 60529 IP67
Description • For mounting miniature valves MHA1 • For soft-start/quick exhaust valves • For proportional pressure regulators
and MHP1 on a PCB with plug connec- MS6-SV, MS series MPPE and MPPES
tion underneath (-PI) • Electrical connection via 9-pin Sub-D, • Mounting via union nut
9-pin screw terminal
online: è pcbc neca mppe-3-b
Time delay inserts Illuminating seals Indicator inserts

MFZ MC-LD, ME-LD, MEB-LD, MF-LD, MV-LD MCL, MCLZ, MFL, MFLZ
Electrical connection For connector socket or device plug, Square design MSC, square design MSE, Plug, to DIN 43650
type F square design MSEB, square design
MSF, square design MSV, to
DIN EN 175301-803, type A, type B,
type C
Degree of protection IP64 IP65 IP65
Description • Electronic timer with adjustable time • The seal is illuminated yellow when • Variant with integrated protective
delay between 0 … 10 s the power is switched on circuit
• For mounting between the solenoid • For mounting between the solenoid • For mounting between the solenoid
coil and connector socket or plug coil and connector socket or device coil and connector socket or device
plug plug
• For F, D, N1, V, E and EB solenoid coils • With yellow LED display
online: è mfz mc-ld mcl
14

Plug connectors for valve terminals
Plug sockets Plug sockets T-adapters Bus connections

FBSD NTSD FB-TA FBA-1, FBA-2
Electrical connection M12x1, type A, 4-pin, 5-pin, Straight socket, angled sock- 5-pin, plugs / sockets, Straight socket / straight plug,
angled socket / screw termi- et, screw terminal, 4-pin, M12x1 / M12x1 Sub-D / M12x1, Sub-D / -,
nal, straight socket / screw 5-pin, straight plug / screw 9-pin / 5-pin, straight socket /
terminal terminal plug and socket
Degree of protection IP67 IP67 IP67 IP40, IP65, to IEC 60529
Description • For fieldbus connection • Straight or angled design • For fieldbus connection • Can be assembled with any
• Straight or angled design • For power supply cable lengths
• Can be assembled with any • Can be assembled with any
cable lengths cable lengths
online: è fbs ntsd fb-ta fba
Plug connectors Sensor sockets, angled plug sockets Cover cap

FBS-SUB SIE-GD, SIE-WD ISK
Electrical connection M12x1, type A, 5-pin, straight plug / M12x1, straight socket, angled socket,
screw terminal 4-pin
Degree of protection IP65, IP67 to IEC 60529, in assembled IP67 IP65
state
Description • Variants for PROFIBUS DP, INTERBUS • For customised assembly of cables • For sealing unused connections/open-
nodes CPX and CPV, CC-Link CPX and • Pin adapter for fieldbus connection ings
CPV, CPX-FEC • With screw terminals • Thread M8, M12
• Position of DIL switches can be read • Straight or angled design
externally
• Easy assembly
online: è fbs-sub sie-gd isk
14
Plug sockets, plug connectors Bus connections

SD-SUB FBSD-KL
Electrical connection Plug, Sub-D, 25-pin Angled socket / screw terminal, 5-pin / 5-pin
Degree of protection IP65 IP20
Description • Socket for multi-pin plug connection • 5-pin angled socket, 5-pin screw terminal
• Plug for inputs/outputs
• Can be assembled with any cable lengths
online: è sd-sub fbsd-kl

Plug connectors for sensors
Angled plug sockets Plug sockets

PEV-…-WD SD-4-WD
Electrical connection Angled socket, 4-pin
Degree of protection IP65 IP65, to IEC 60529
Description • For pressure switch PEV • For swivel module DSMI
• 15 … 30, 180 V DC, 230 V AC • Angled design
• Optionally with LED display
• Angled design
online: è pev*wd sd-4-wd
14

¤ Control technology and software
Control technology and software
Pneumatic and electropneumatic controllers 2017/01
Steppers Memory modules Pulse oscillators

TAA, TAB SBA-2 N VLG
Pneumatic connection Barbed connections for plastic tubing Barbed connections for plastic tubing G1/8, G1/4
NW3 NW3
Type of mounting On mounting frame On mounting frame Through-hole in housing
Nominal width 2 mm 3 mm 3.5 mm, 7 mm
Standard nominal 60 l/min 70 l/min 120 l/min, 600 l/min
flow rate
Description • For ensuring a logical program se- • For input logic operations • For generating infinitely adjustable sig-
quence • For simplifying the design and installa- nals in controllers
• Poppet valve with integrated AND as tion of pneumatic controllers • For high-speed cylinder movements of
well as OR element diaphragm cylinders, single- and dou-
ble-acting cylinders
online: è taa sba vlg
Software tool
CODESYS CODESYS for standardised programming of embedded devices according to IEC

61131-3. It makes your life easier with simple commissioning, fast programming
and parameterisation.
Advantages
• Hardware-neutral software platform for quick and easy configuration, program-
ming and commissioning of pneumatic and electric automation solutions
• Extensive module libraries for single- or multi-axis positioning motions
• The IEC 61131-3 standard means that CODESYS is flexible and open for all types
of control tasks.
• Modular: offline and online functions as well as components for hardware config-
uration and visualisation.
• User-friendly IEC function block extension.
• Re-use of existing application parts.
15

Control technology and software ¤
Electronic controllers
Controllers Control systems Input/output modules Input modules

CECC-D, CECC-LK, CECC-S CECX-X-C1, CECX-X-M1 CECX-D-E8A, CECX-A-4E4A CECX-D-16E, CECX-A-4E-V
Operating voltage 19.2 – 30 VDC, 20.4 – 30 VDC 19.2 – 30 VDC 19.2 – 30 VDC 19,2 … 30 VDC
CPU data 400 MHz processor 64 DRAM, 400 MHz processor 64 MB DRAM, 400 MHz pro- 64 MB DRAM, 400 MHz pro-
cessor cessor
Fieldbus interface CAN-Bus CAN-Bus
Ethernet, connector plug RJ45 RJ45, socket, 8-pin
Description • Compact programmable • Modular master controller • Digital modules: 6 or 8 digi- • Digital modules: 16 digital
logic controller with CODESYS or motion tal inputs and 8 digital out- inputs
• Programming with CODESYS controller with CODESYS puts • Analogue modules for volt-
to IEC 61131-3 and SoftMotion. • Analogue modules for voltage: 4 analogue voltage in-
• 12 digital inputs, 8 digital • Programming to standard age: 4 analogue voltage inputs
outputs, additionally 2 high- IEC 61131-3 puts and 4 analogue voltage • Temperature input modules:
speed counters up to • Three plug-in slots for op- outputs 4 or 6 temperature inputs
250 kHz tional modules • Analogue modules for cur-
• Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s • Optional: communication rent: 4 analogue current in-
• USB interface for data trans- module for PROFIBUS puts and 4 analogue current
fer outputs
• CECC-LK with CANopen, • Address setting function,
IO‑Link®, I‑Port and Mod- short circuit monitoring
bus TCP protocol function for outputs, de-
bounce function, interrupt
function, sensor failure de-
tection function
online: è cecc cecx-x cecx cecx
Output modules Encoder interfaces Bus interfaces

CECX-D-14 A-2, CECX-A-4 A-V CECX-C-2G CECX-F-PB-S-V, CECX-F-PB-V1,
CECX-B-CO
Operating voltage 24 +25% / −15% VDC 19.2 – 30 VDC 19.2 – 30 VDC
CPU data
Fieldbus interface CAN-Bus, Profibus-Master DP-V1, Profib- 15
us-Slave DP-V1
Ethernet, connector plug
Description • Digital modules: 14 digital outputs • Displacement encoder function • PROFIBUS master DP-V1
• Analogue modules: 4 analogue voltage • Pulse counter • Connection via CAN Bus to the modu-
outputs • Speed measurement function lar controller
• Shaft encoder monitoring function • For connecting decentralised peripher-
• Counter reading latching function al modules in series
• Sensor break monitoring
• Status display function
online: è cecx cecx cecx

Electrical interfaces AS-Interface® module

CECX-C-2S1 CESA
Operating voltage 9,2 … 30 V DC AS-Interface® voltage 30 VDC
CPU data
Fieldbus interface CANopen Device Specification CiA DS-301, PROFIBUS to
DIN 19245 Part 3
Ethernet, connector plug 8-pin
Description • For extending the controller with two RS232 serial interfaces • AS-Interface® master gateway
• Duplicate address recognition
• Direct operation via pushbuttons
• Graphic display
• Comprehensive diagnostics via LED and display
• Specification 3.0
online: è cecx cesa
Ne
Terminal Input modules for installation Fieldbus modules w CPI installation systems
CPX-P system CTEL CTEU CTEC
CTSL
Max.no. of inputs Digital 512, analogue 32 16 128 128
Max.no. of outputs Digital 512, analogue 32 128 128
Number of module posi- 10 32 Max. 4 installation strings,
tions max. 4 CP modules per string
Electrical actuation Fieldbus, integrated controller IO‑Link, I‑Port CANopen, DeviceNet, CC-Link, Fieldbus, integrated controller
PROFIBUS, EtherCAT, I‑Port
New • EtherNet/IP bus node
Description • Use of matching remote I/O • For installation system CTEL • For valve terminals VTUB- • CPX master module for four
and valve terminals in a • For recording sensor input 12, VTUG, MPA-L, CPV, VTOC CPI strings
control cabinet signals • Can be expanded into in- • Combination of centralised
• Combination with modules • Display of the input status- stallation systems CTEL and decentralised installa-
15 of the electrical terminal es for each input signal via • Fieldbus-typical LEDs, inter- tion possible
CPX, which enables use for an assigned LED faces and switching ele- • Decentralised pneumatic
hybrid applications • Diagnostic LED for short cir- ments components and sensors for
• Unique modular structure cuit/overload in sensor sup- • Isolated power supply for fast processes
• Comprehensive integrated ply electronics and valves • Can be connected to valve
diagnostic and maintenance terminal CPV, MPA-S,
functions CPV‑SC
online: è cpx-p ctsl cteu ctec

Terminal Electrical interface Measuring modules AS-Interface® components

CPX CPX-CTEL CPX-CMIX ASI, CACC
Max.no. of inputs Digital 512, analogue 32 256 4, 8
Max.no. of outputs Digital 512, analogue 18 256 8
Number of module posi- Max. 9 electric input/output Max. 4 modules with I‑Port in- 9
tions modules terface
Electrical actuation Fieldbus, integrated controller AS-Interface®
Description • Automation platform • CPX-CTEL master module • Pneumatics and electrics – • Accessories for the AS-Inter-
• Open to all common field- with 4 I‑Port connections movement and measure- face® installation system
bus protocols and Ethernet • Decentralised pneumatic ment on one platform • Modules for actuating indi-
• Integrated diagnostic and components and sensors for • Innovative measurement vidual valves ASI-EVA
maintenance functions fast processes technology for piston rod • Cable distributor ASI-KVT
• Can be used as stand-alone • Standardised M12 connec- drives, rodless drives, rotary • Addressing device
remote I/O or with valve ter- tions drives ASI-PRG-ADR
minals MPA-S, MPA-L, • Control via fieldbus • Compact I/O modules (IP65,
VTSA/VTSA-F • Remote maintenance, re- IP67)
• Choice of polymer or metal mote diagnostics, web serv-
housing with individual link- er, SMS and e-mail alerts
ing are all possible via TCP/IP
• Modules can be quickly ex-
changed and expanded
without altering the wiring
online: è cpx cpx-ctel cpx-cmix as-interface
Operator units
Operator units Simulators Operator units

CDPX CDSM CPX-MMI
Display Colour TFT 128x64 Pixel, LCD display, with back-
ground illumination
Display size 13.3", 7", 4.3", 10.4"
Recipe memory 32000 byte
Display resolution 480x272 Pixel, SVGA, 800x600 Pixel,
WVGA, 800x480 Pixel, WXGA, 15
1280x800 Pixel
Ethernet interface RJ45 10/100 MBd
Description • Powerful processors combined with • Straightforward design of human-ma- • Data polling, configuration and diag-
wide-screen technology chine dialogues nostic functions for terminal CPX
• Remote access, remote control • Semi-graphical display of process val- • Connection to the CPX bus nodes or
• FTP and HTTP servers ues makes them easier to read control block via a pre-assembled M12
• Open for web and multimedia applica- • Suitable for commissioning the follow- cable
tions ing motor controllers: CMMO-ST, CM- • 3 function keys, 4 arrow keys
MP-AS, CMMS-ST
• To simulate input and output signals
during commissioning
online: è cdpx cdsm cpx-mmi

Software
Operator package Operator package Software

GSIB P. BP GSPF
Description • Information software and documenta- • Information software and documenta- • Programming software and documen-
tion for motor controllers CMMD-AS, tion for motor controllers CMMP-AS tation for motor controller CMMP-AS
CMMS-AS, CMMP-AS, CMMS-ST and SFC-DC, handling module HSP/ with additional functions for cam disc
• The operator package contains a CD- HSW and motor unit MTR-DCI functionality
ROM with user documentation for mo- • The operator package contains a CD- • Software for configuring, program-
tor controller and configuration soft- ROM with user documentation for mo- ming, commissioning and maintaining
ware FCT (Festo Configuration Tool) tor controller and configuration soft- the controller CECC
and a brief description ware FCT (Festo Configuration Tool) • Programming software for creating
and a brief description custom application programs for safe-
ty systems CMGA
• Operating software for configuring,
programming and for AS-Interface® di-
agnostics with serial connecting cable
• The software package contains a CD-
ROM with user documentation for mo-
tor controllers
online: è gsib software gspf
Software
Software and manual Software licence Software (FluidDraw P5®)

P. SW GSLO GSWF-P5
Description • For configuring the terminal CPX, for • For enabling tools on the compact vi- • Quick and easy creation of pneumatic
parameterising the CPX modules, for sion system SBOC-Q/SBOI-Q circuit diagrams
programming the controller CPX-FEC • Comprehensive library of pneumatic
• Software for checkbox CHB-C for image and electrical symbols
evaluation, display, protocol and adap- • User-specific product databases and
tation of the I/O parameters translation tables
• Software for Checkbox CHB-C for the • Terminal plans, cable diagrams, cable
complete analysis of recognition pro- lists, parts lists
cesses • Dimensioning function for preparing
simple control cabinet and system lay-
15 outs
• Consistent equipment identification
• Multi-level project tree
online: è software gslo gswf-p5

Learning systems
EduTrainer Universal
D: ET-SPS
Description • PLC EduTrainer® support system for use in teaching and training
• Equipped with PLCs from different manufacturers
• Two series: universal and compact
• Equipped with 19" simulation modules
• Individually configurable or pre-assembled
online: è edutrainer
15

¤ Other pneumatic equipment
Tools
2017/01
Other pneumatic equipment
Clip fix tool

AGTC
Valve function 2/2-way, monostable, closed
Type of actuation Mechanical
Pneumatic connection 1 Female thread G1/4
Description • Pneumatic mounting device for clips of various design
• Material recommendation for polymer clip adapter: e. g. PBT, PE-UHMW or POM
online: è agtc
Reservoirs
Air pressure reservoirs Air pressure reservoirs

VZS CRVZS
Volume 20 l 0,1 l, 0,4 l, 0,75 l, 10 l, 2 l, 20 l, 5 l
Information on Powder-coated steel High-alloy stainless steel
materials: air reservoir
Conforms to EN 286-1 AD 2000
Condensate drain con- G3/8 G3/8
nection
Description • Can be used to compensate pressure fluctuations, and act • Corrosion resistant
as accumulators in the event of sudden air consumption • Compensation of pressure fluctuations and as accumulators
• Provision of large quantities of compressed air for supplying in the event of sudden air consumption
fast pulsing drives • Provision of large volumes of compressed air for supplying
• With connection for condensate drain fast pulsing drives
• Conforms to the requirements of Directive 2014/29/EC and • With port for condensate drain in some cases
EN 286-1 • See supplementary information on food-safe materials at
• Operating media compressed air, vacuum www.festo.com/sp > Certificates
• Designs to EU Pressure Equipment Directive EN 286-1
• Operating medium compressed air, vacuum
online: è vzs crvzs
16

Other pneumatic equipment ¤
Silencers
Silencers Silencers Silencers Silencers

AMTE U AMTC UC
Information on Bronze PE, Bronze PE PE
materials: silencer insert
Pneumatic connection G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/4, Cartridge 10 G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, M7,
G3/8, M3, M5, NPT1/2-14, G3/8, NPT3/4-14, PK-3, PK-4 QS-10, QS-3, QS-4, QS-6,
NPT1/4-18, NPT1/8-27, QS-8
NPT3/8-18, UNF10-32
Noise level 55 … 95 dB(A) 70 … 85 dB(A) 58 dB(A) 58 … 68 dB(A)
Quick ordering of
Description • Long or short design • Compact design, polymer or • For valve terminal VTUB-12 • Threaded connection or
• Metal design die-cast • Attached via pin (spring clip, push-in sleeve for push-in
• Operating medium: com- • Barbed connector or thread- included in the scope of de- fitting QS
pressed air ed connection livery of the valve) • Polymer version
• Operating medium com- • Polymer version • Operating medium com-
pressed air • Operating medium compressed air
pressed air
online: è amte u amtc uc
Silencers
Silencers Silencers Silencers

UO UOS-1, UOS-1-LF UOM, UOMS
Information on PE PE PU foam
materials: silencer insert
Pneumatic connection G1/4, G1/8, M7 G1 G1/4, G3/8
Noise level
Description • Special open minimal resistance si- • Safety silencer for MS6-SV, MS series • Special open minimal resistance si-
lencer • Operating medium compressed air lencer
• For vacuum generators • For vacuum generators
• Facilitates trouble-free operation of the • Facilitates trouble-free operation of the
vacuum generator vacuum generator
• Operating medium compressed air • Silencer extension for extending the si-
lencer for further noise reduction
• Operating medium: compressed air
online: è uo uos uom
16

¤ Other pneumatic equipment
Air guns
Air guns Air nozzles

LSP LPZ
Exhaust-air function Metered blowing
Pneumatic connection Female thread G1/4 Male thread M12x1.25
Information on Wrought aluminium alloy, reinforced PA6 Aluminium, brass, chrome-plated and nickel-plated die-cast
materials: housing zinc
Description • Precise, infinitely variable, lever-operated flow metering • With protective air shield or silencer
• Interchangeable nozzles • Targeted, strong air jet or powerful, focused air jet
• Operating medium compressed air • Low noise level
• Operating medium compressed air
online: è lsp lpz
Pneumatic indicators
Pressure indicators Pneumatic terminals, end clamps, distributors

OH LT, LTE, LTV
Design Indicator plate with 16 pressure indicators, indicating pin with
spring return, reflection principle
Size 8, 10, 22
Operating pressure −1 … 8 bar 0.1 … 8 bar
Pneumatic connection Barbed connector PK-3, G1/8 Barbed connector PK-3, PK-4
Description • Visual indicator • Pneumatic terminal for checking incoming and outgoing sig-
• Indicator colours: red, blue, yellow or green nals at the controller input and output
• Aluminium or polymer • Up to 15 distributor pieces with common air supply, for easy
• Operating medium compressed air connection
• Brass, polymer
• Operating medium compressed air
online: è oh lt
Inscription systems
16
Inscription labels Inscription label holders

ASLR, BZ, HWF, IBS, KM, KMC, MH, SBS, SIEZ ST, CPV10-VI-ST, CPV14-VI-ST, CPV18-VI-ST, CPVSC1-ST,
CPX-ST, IBT, MN2H-BZT, MVH-BZ, VMPA1-ST
Type of mounting Inscription label is pressed onto a cable, pressed into a holder Plug-on, snap-in, clip-on
or carrier, through-hole
Width 4.5 … 11 mm 12 mm
Height 9 … 20 mm 2 mm
Description • For labelling items • Holder for inscription labels
• Can be inserted in holders or carriers on suitably equipped • For components without pre-assembled carriers
components
online: è aslr ascf

2017/01
Process automation ¤
Process automation
Control technology and remote I/O

• Electronic controllers and remote I/Os including electrical peripherals for standard
and potentially explosive atmospheres.
 www.festo.com/pa/control
Valve terminals
• Valve modules with electrical multi-pin, individual, or fieldbus connections or inte-
grated control, with or without electrical inputs and outputs
 www.festo.com/pa/valveterminals
17

¤ Process automation
Pilot valves
Ne
Ne
w
w
Solenoid valves Standards-based valves, Solenoid valves Solenoid valves
VSNC NAMUR (VDI/VDE 3845) VOFC VOFD
NVF3
Valve function 5/2-way double solenoid, 5/2 5/2 or 3/2-way single sole- 3/2-way closed, single sole- 3/2-way, closed, monostable,
or 3/2-way convertible, 5/3- noid noid, 5/2-way double sole- semi-automatic, 3/2-way,
way pressurised, 5/3-way ex- noid, 5/2-way single solenoid closed, monostable
hausted, 5/3-way closed
Operating pressure 1.5 … 10 bar 2 … 10 bar 0 … 8 bar 0 … 12 bar
Pneumatic connection 1 G1/4, NPT1/4-18, QS-1/4, G1/4 G1/4
QS-10, QS-3/8, QS-5/16,
QS‑6, QS-8
Standard nominal 800 … 1350 l/min 900 l/min 766 … 2686 l/min 52 … 1900 l/min
flow rate
Explosion prevention II 2G, II 2D, For zone 1, 2, 21, II 2G, II 2D, EPL Db (RU), EPL For zone 1, 2, 21, 22 For zone 1, 2, 21, 22
and protection 22, Ex t IIIC T80 °C Db, Ex ia Dc (RU), c T6, EPL Gb (RU), EPL
IIC T6 Ga, EPL Db (IEC-EX), EPL Gc (RU), c 40 °C
Ga (IEC-EX)
New • Additional versions • Additional versions
Quick ordering of
Description • NAMUR interface • NAMUR interface • Suitable for process auto- • Suitable for process auto-
• Rotatable seal for 3/2- or • Variants for use in Ex zone I mation, for applications in mation, for applications in
5/2-way valve the chemical and petro- the chemical and petro-
• Wide choice of EX solenoid chemical industries chemical industries
systems • Suitable for outdoor use un- • Suitable for outdoor use un-
• Sturdy and powerful der harsh, dusty ambient der harsh, dusty ambient
• Extended temperature conditions conditions
range • Especially suitable for quar- • Especially suitable for quar-
• Outstanding value for mon- ter turn actuators thanks to ter turn actuators thanks to
ey NAMUR flange pattern NAMUR flange pattern
• Valve can switch between • Variants with TÜV approval
internal and external pilot up to SIL4 to IEC 61508
air
• Variants with TÜV approval
up to SIL3 to IEC 61508
online: è vsnc namur vofc vofd
17

Sensor boxes
Ne
Ne
Ne
w
w
Sensor boxes Sensor boxes Sensor boxes
SRBG SRBC SRBE
Information on PBT Die cast aluminium Die cast aluminium

materials: housing
range AC
range DC
Measuring principle Inductive Inductive, magnetic reed, mechanical/ Inductive, magnetic reed, mechanical/
electrical, for proximity sensor electrical, for proximity sensor
Switching element N/C contact, N/C contact or N/O contact, N/C contact, N/O contact, toggle switch, N/C contact, N/O contact, toggle switch,
function switchable, N/O contact single-pole single-pole, toggle switch, double-pole
New • Additional versions • New series • New series
Quick ordering of
Description • Compact housing with M12 plug con- • Pre-assembled mounting adapter for • Trip cams can be set easily without ad-
nection ease of installation ditional tools
• Direct mounting on quarter turn actua- • Trip cams can be set easily without ad- • Sturdy, corrosion-resistant design, ide-
tors to VDI/VDE 3845 ditional tools al for use in harsh operating conditions
• AS-Interface® version with extended • Sturdy, corrosion-resistant design, ide- • Clearly visible 3D position indicator al-
addressing options al for use in harsh operating conditions lows rapid detection of the current po-
• Intrinsically safe version to ATEX and • Clearly visible 3D position indicator al- sition of the quarter turn actuator
SIL 2 to IEC 61508 lows rapid detection of the current po-
sition of the quarter turn actuator
online: è srbg srbc srbe
Sensor boxes
Limit switch attachments Limit switch attachments

SRAP DAPZ
Information on Wrought aluminium alloy
materials: housing
range AC
range DC
Measuring principle Magnetic Hall Inductive, mechanical/electrical
Switching element N/C contact, N/O contact, changeover switch
function
Description • Based on standard VDI/VDE 3845 (NAMUR) • Square or round design 17
• Analogue • Drive interface to standard VDI/VDE 3845 (NAMUR)
• For monitoring the position of quarter turn actuators • With pneumatic, electric or inductive sensing
• Sensors based on 2D Hall technology
online: è srap dapz

Positioners
Ne
w
Positioners
CMSX
flow rate
Setpoint value 0 – 10, 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Safety note Adjustable, holding, opening, closing
Operating voltage 21.6 … 26.4 V
range DC
Quick ordering of
Description • For controlling the position of double-acting pneumatic quarter turn actuators in process automation systems
• Simple and efficient position control based on the PID control algorithm
• Suitable for quarter turn actuators with a swivel angle of approx. 90° and a mechanical interface to VDI/VDE Directive 3845
• Power supply 24 V DC
online: è cmsx
Linear actuators
Ne
w
Linear actuators Copac Linear actuators with displacement Linear actuators with displacement
DLP encoder encoder
DFPI DFPI-NB3P
200 mm, 250 mm, 320 mm 250 mm, 320 mm 250 mm, 320 mm
Stroke 40 … 600 mm 40 … 990 mm 40 … 990 mm
6 bar, advancing
Position sensing Via proximity sensor With integrated displacement encoder With integrated displacement encoder
New • Additional versions to ISO 15552
Description • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid • Closed-loop controlled actuator for all • Standards-based linear actuators to
valves to VDI/VDE 3845 linear process valves ISO 15552
• Integrated air supply • Optionally with integrated positioner • Easy connection to external position-
• Connection for process valves to and valve block ers
DIN 3358 • Position feedback via analogue • Ideal for use in harsh ambient condi-
4 … 20 mA signal for simple diagnos- tions
tics • IP65, IP67, IP69K, NEMA4
17 • Easy integration into existing control • ATEX 2GD certification
architecture
• Sturdy and compact housing for use
outdoors
• Connection for process valves to
DIN 3358
online: è dlp dfpi dfpi

Quarter turn actuators
Ne
w
Quarter turn actuators Quarter turn actuators
DFPD DAPS
Design Rack and pinion Scotch yoke system
Mode of operation Double-acting, single-acting Double-acting, single-acting
Size of valve actuator 10, 20, 40, 80, 120, 160, 240, 300, 480 0008, 0015, 0030, 0053, 0060, 0090, 0106, 0120, 0180, 0240,
0360, 0480, 0720, 0960, 1440, 1920, 2880, 3840, 4000, 5760,
8000
Flange hole pattern F03, F04, F05, F0507, F0710, F1012 F03, F04, F05, F07, F10, F12, F14, F16, F25
Operating pressure 2 … 8 bar 1 … 8.4 bar
New • New series
Quick ordering of
Description • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid valves to VDI/VDE 3845 • High break-away torques
• Flange hole pattern to ISO 5211 • Approved in accordance with Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX)
• Uniform torque characteristic across the entire rotation an- • Flange hole pattern to ISO 5211
gle range of 90° • Mounting hole pattern to VDI/VDE 3845
• Mounting hole pattern to VDI/VDE 3845 • Available with handwheel as a manual emergency override
• Increased corrosion protection • Corrosion-resistant variant made from stainless steel
online: è dfpd daps
Ball valves and ball valve units
Ball valves Ball valves Ball valve actuator units

VAPB VZBC VZBC
Design 2-way ball valve 2-way ball valve 2-way ball valve, quarter turn actuator
Type of actuation Mechanical Mechanical Pneumatic
50 mm, 63 mm 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm
Process valve Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4, Ring housing with threaded flange Ring housing with threaded flange
connection Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3/4, Rp3/8
Flow rate Kv 5.9 … 535 m3/h 19.4 … 1414 m3/h 19.4 … 1414 m3/h
Description • Automatable 2-way ball valve • Automatable 2-way ball valve with • Ball valve actuator unit with double- or
• Brass design compact flange single-acting quarter turn actuator
• Blow-out proof shaft • Stainless steel design • Stainless steel ball valve in compact
• Manual operation possible using hand • Short installed length design
lever • Blow-out proof shaft • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid
17
• Connecting thread to DIN 2999 or • Manual operation possible using hand valves/sensor boxes to VDI/VDE 3845
DIN ISO 228-1 lever • Flow is fully opened or closed in both
• Mounting flange to ISO 5211 • Connecting thread to DIN 2999 or directions
DIN ISO 228-1 • ATEX certification for zone 1, 21, 2, 22
• Mounting flange to ISO 5211
online: è vapb vzbc vzbc

Ball valves and ball valve units
Ball valves Ball valve actuator units Ball valve actuator units
VZBA VZBA VZPR
Design 2-way ball valve, 3-way ball valve, 2-way ball valve, 3-way ball valve, 2-way ball valve, quarter turn actuator
L-shaped hole, T-shaped hole L-shaped hole, quarter turn actuator,
T-shaped hole
Type of actuation Mechanical Pneumatic Electric, pneumatic
32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm, 50 mm, 63 mm
100 mm 100 mm
Process valve Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4, Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4, Rp1, Rp1 1/2, Rp1 1/4, Rp1/2, Rp1/4,
connection Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3, Rp3/4, Rp3/8, Rp4, Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3, Rp3/4, Rp3/8, Rp4, Rp2, Rp2 1/2, Rp3/4, Rp3/8
Weld-on ends/weld-on ends Weld-on ends/weld-on ends
Flow rate Kv 7 … 1414 m3/h 7 … 1414 m3/h
Description • Automatable 2-way or 3-way ball valve • Ball valve actuator unit with double- or • Ball valve actuator unit with dou-
• Stainless steel design single-acting quarter turn actuator ble-acting quarter turn actuator
• Blow-out proof shaft • Stainless steel ball valve • Brass ball valve
• Manual operation possible using hand • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid • NAMUR port pattern for solenoid
lever valves/sensor boxes to VDI/VDE 3845 valves/sensor boxes to VDI/VDE 3845
• Connecting thread to DIN 2999 or • Flow is fully opened or closed in both • Flow is fully opened or closed in both
DIN ISO 228-1 directions directions
• Mounting flange to ISO 5211 • ATEX certification for zone 1, 21, 2, 22
online: è vzba vzba vzpr
Angle seat valves
Angle seat valves

VZXF
Design Poppet valve with spring return
Type of actuation Pneumatic
Nominal width DN 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm
Process valve G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G2, G3/4, NPT1, NPT1 1/2, NPT1 1/4, NPT1/2, NPT2, NPT3/4
connection
Flow rate Kv 3.3 … 43 m3/h
Operating pressure −0.9 … 40 bar
Temperature of medium −40 … 200 °C
Quick ordering of
17 selected basic designs =
Description • Sturdy design
• Stainless steel and gunmetal process valves with stainless steel, brass or aluminium actuators
• For operating pressures up to 40 bar
• Safety position “closing”
• Different actuator sizes and housing materials
• Selection of different seat and shaft seals
• Flow direction is freely selectable
• For liquids, gases and other easily contaminated media
• Easy-to-clean design
online: è vzxf

Solenoid-actuated media valves

VZWD VZWM MN1H
Design Directly actuated poppet valve Poppet valve with diaphragm seal Diaphragm valve
Nominal width 1 … 6 mm 13 … 50 mm 13 … 40 mm
Process valve G1/4, G1/8, NPT1/4, NPT1/8 G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G1/4, G2, G1, G1 1/2, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8
connection G3/4, G3/8
Flow rate Kv 0.06 … 430 l/min 1.6 … 31000 l/min 2000 … 30500 l/min
Operating pressure 0 … 90 bar 0.5 … 10 bar 0.5 … 10 bar
Quick ordering of
Description • Extensive pressure range • Poppet valve with diaphragm seal • Piloted diaphragm valve
• Directly actuated poppet valve • Brass or stainless steel casting design • Brass design
• No pressure difference required • Electrical connection via solenoid ar- • Can only be used for gaseous media
• Can also be used in vacuum technolo- mature tube • Adjustable closing cushioning, in-line
gy • Wide range of coils mounting or through-hole
• Coil can be ordered separately
online: è vzwd vzwm mn1h-2
Solenoid-actuated media valves
Solenoid valves Solenoid valves Reverse jet pulse valves

VZWP VZWF VZWE-E, VZWE-F
Design Piloted piston poppet valve Diaphragm valve, force pilot operated Angled version, straight version with
flange, diaphragm valve
Nominal width 13 … 25 mm 13.5 … 50 mm 20 … 76 mm
Process valve connec- G1, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8, NPT1, G1, G1 1/2, G1 1/4, G1/2, G1/4, G2, Flange diameter 60, 75, 89, G1, G1 1/2,
tion NPT1/2, NPT1/4, NPT3/4, NPT3/8 G3/4, G3/8, NPT1, NPT1 1/2, NPT1 1/4, G2, G2 1/2, G3/4
NPT1/2, NPT1/4, NPT2, NPT3/4, NPT3/8
Flow rate Kv 1.5 … 12250 l/min 1.8 … 29900 l/min 15 … 210 m3/h
Operating pressure 0.5 … 40 bar 0 … 10 bar 0.35 … 8 bar
Quick ordering of
Description • For all applications with a differential • High flow rates • High flow rates
pressure of min. 0.5 bar • Large nominal diameters with relative- • For mechanically cleaning filters and
• For high pressures and high flow rates ly small solenoids dust filter systems
with relatively small solenoids • No pressure difference required • Fast opening and closing times 17
• For controlling gaseous and liquid me- • Can also be used in vacuum technolo- • Sturdy pilot system
dia in open circuits gy
online: è vzwp vzwf vzwe

Pneumatically actuated media valves
Ne
w
Pinch valves Pneumatic valves
VZQA VLX
Design Pneumatically actuated pinch valve Diaphragm valve
Valve function 2/2-way closed, monostable, 2/2-way open, monostable 2/2-way, closed, monostable
Type of control Pneumatic Pneumatic
Nominal width DN 6 mm, 15 mm, 25 mm
Process valve G1, G1/2, G1/4, NPT1/2, NPT1/4, Clamp to ASME-BPE type A, G1, G1/2, G1/4, G3/4, G3/8
connection clamp to ASME-BPE type B, clamp to DIN 32676 series A
Flow rate Kv 0.7 … 18 m3/h 2400 … 14000 l/min
New • Additional connection size
• Modular, interchangeable component parts
Description • Modular design • Poppet valve
• Quick and easy replacement of the diaphragm • Indirectly actuated
• Selection of different materials for housing and connector • Brass design
caps • In-line mounting or via through-holes
• Different connection cap designs (G and NPT thread, clamp
ferrule to DIN 32676 and ASME-BPE)
• For critical, abrasive and viscous media
• Up to 2 million switching cycles
• FDA-compliant materials
• Easy-to-clean design
• Flow direction is freely selectable
online: è vzqa vlx
Air preparation
• Service unit combinations and individual units for compressed air preparation in
two series: MS and D (in metal or polymer)
 www.festo.com/pa/airprep
17 Pneumatic connection technology

• Piping
• Tubing
• Plug connectors
• Couplings
• Distributors
• Protective tubing systems
• Accessories
 www.festo.com/pa/fittings

Ready-to-install solutions
Control cabinets
Type Factory automation Process automation Control cabinets for control systems
Technical data • Simple to complex control cabinet • Simple to complex control cabinet • Simple to complex control cabinet
designs designs designs
• Application-specific combination of • Application-specific combination of • 1 … 31 axes
components components • Application-specific combination of
• Fully tested, with test certificate • Different operating voltages components
• Ready-to-install • Fully tested, with test certificate • Use of the latest innovations and tech-
• Complete documentation • Ready-to-install nologies
• Design conforms to: • Complete documentation • Fully tested, with test certificate
–– EN 60204-1 • Design conforms to: • Ready-to-install
–– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic –– EN 60204-1 • Complete documentation
only), ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric –– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic • Design conforms to:
and electropneumatic) only), ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric –– EN 60204-1
–– UL-508 A and electropneumatic) –– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic
• Implementation of safety functions –– UL-508 A only), ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric
• Different bus technologies • Implementation of safety functions and electropneumatic)
• Wide range of bus technologies –– UL-508 A
• Compliance with special cleanliness • Implementation of safety functions
and hygiene requirements • Wide range of bus technologies
• Special materials
• Protected against the ingress of liquids
and foreign matter
• Heating or cooling elements
• Intrinsically safe valve terminal tech-
nology
• Hot swap inspection window
Description • Control cabinets made to measure • Control cabinets made to measure • Made-to-measure control cabinets for
• Pneumatic, electric, combined • Pneumatic, electric, combined handling systems
• Individually configured • Individually configured • Software package for third-party
• Adapted to requirements in industrial • Adapted to requirements in process devices included
automation automation • Individually configurable
• Design and sizing included • Design and sizing included • Adapted to requirements for handling
solutions  “Cartesian systems” on
page 67
online: è ready-to-install ready-to-install ready-to-install
18

Mounting plates and assemblies
Type Mounting plates Assemblies

Technical data • Customised support plate shape • Combination of various pneumatic and/or electric compo-
• Support plate available in different materials nents to create a single unit
• Application-specific combination of components • Application-specific combination of components
• Fully assembled, connected and wired • Accessories mounted on sub-assembly
• Defined interfaces • Use of the latest innovations and technologies
• Ready-to-install • Ready-to-install
• Fully tested, with test certificate • Fully tested, with test certificate
• Complete documentation • Complete documentation
• Design conforms to: • Design conforms to:
–– EN 60204-1 –– EN 60204-1
–– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only), ATEX zone 2 and 22 –– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only), ATEX zone 2 and 22
(electric and electropneumatic) (electric and electropneumatic)
–– UL-508 A –– UL-508 A
• Implementation of safety functions • Implementation of safety functions
Description • Machine-specific pre-assembly of pneumatic and electric • Pneumatic and electric components pre-assembled to create
components on support plate a function unit
• Tubing and wiring included • Can be combined from around 30000 catalogue components
• Defined interfaces for simple installation directly in the sys- • Connections included
tem • For integration in machines
online: è ready-to-install ready-to-install
18

Integration solutions
Sheet-metal constructions
Type Manifold duct plates Cartridge solutions and special housings Function blocks
Technical data • Freely selectable manifold • Space-saving thanks to ex- • Sheet-metal structures • No tubing required thanks
duct plate shape tremely compact design –– Customised shape and to drilled ducts
• Combination of over 30000 • Pneumatic functions inte- size • Housing available in differ-
catalogue components grated in a single compact –– Reduced weight and num- ent materials
• High density of components housing ber of assembly parts • Customised design of the
• No tubing • Housing in different materi- • Special housing pneumatic interfaces for the
• Variable positioning of me- als –– Customised shape system
chanical, pneumatic and • No tubing required –– Customised dimensions • Ideal for a small number of
electrical interfaces • Minimal cabling required –– Various materials components and variable
• Integration of customised • Significant design freedom –– Compact, space-opti- connection options
components • Variable integration options mised format • Extremely economical, even
• Available with protective on and within the machine –– Protection against envi- for small quantities
cover • Sturdy design ronmental influences and
• Fully tested • Fully tested unauthorised access
• Ready-to-install • Ready-to-install • In combination
• Complete documentation • Complete documentation –– Alternative to convention-
• Implementation of safety al control cabinets
functions –– Variable integration op-
tions on and within the
machine
–– Short tubing and cable
lengths
–– Attractive design
Description • Ideal for a large number of • Integration of various pneu- • Reduced weight thanks to • Compressed air supply for
pneumatic connections in matic functions in one com- optimal use of materials pneumatic components via
an extremely compact space ponent with sheet-metal construc- drilled ducts
• No tubing • No need for single housings tions • Ideal for a small number of
• Compact • Ideal for applications that • Protection against environ- pneumatic components and
• Easy to service require a highly compact mental influences and un- variable connection options
• Immune to malfunction design authorised access • Compact and easy to ser-
• Ideally combined as a con- vice
trol cabinet directly in the
system
online: è ready-to-install ready-to-install ready-to-install ready-to-install
18

Integration solutions
Type Profile solutions

Technical data • Profiles in customised cross sections and lengths
• Integrated ducts for straight-line routing of the compressed air
• Common air supply for multiple valves or valve terminals via a single duct
• Combination of exhaust air and supply air without tubing, even over long distances
• Supply of compressed air at different locations
• No tubing required
• Significantly reduced cabling
• Modular, easy to realise construction
• Optional: profile as mechanical mounting element for other components or as a supporting part of the machine frame
Description • Extruded profiles in combination with valves as a valve terminal
• For the distribution of compressed air in the machine concept
• Customised profile cross sections available
online: è ready-to-install
18

Function-specific systems ¤
Software tool Function-specific systems
2017/01
configurator.
Function-specific systems
Ne
w
Servo press kits
YJKP
Working stroke 100 … 400 mm
Press force 0 … 17 kN
Feed speed 0 … 250 mm/s
Accuracy in ± % FS 0.5 %FS
Protocol Modbus® TCP, EtherNet/IP, TCP/IP
New • New series
description • Modular system kit comprising operating software GSAY, electric cylinder with spindle drive ESBF, motor EMMS-AS, motor
controller CMMP-AS, force sensor and controller CECC-X together with the required accessories
• Less expensive than conventional press-fitting systems
• Pre-installed operating software GSAY offers precisely the required application-specific functions
• Commissioning made easy: parameterisation instead of programming
• For top quality: real-time monitoring of the press-fitting operation and clear visualisation of the force/displacement curves
• Fit for Industry 4.0 thanks to the OPC UA interface at the controller
online: è yjkp
19

Services
After sales and technical support services
Type Commissioning Maintenance

Services • Mechanical, pneumatic and electrical integration and config- Implementation of the following preventive maintenance
uration of Festo automation solutions measures to DIN 31051:
• Configuration and parameterisation • Inspections
• Optimisation with test run –– Checking for damage and wear characteristics
• Data backup and documentation –– Checking mechanical, pneumatic and electrical connec-
• Technical guidance and briefing of machine operators tions and connectors
–– Checking lubrication
–– Checking compressed air preparation
–– Carrying out component-specific inspections
• Maintenance
–– Lubrication/relubrication of guides
–– Tightening connectors
–– Replacement of air filters
–– Replacement of silencers
–– Carrying out component-specific preventive maintenance
tasks
• Repair
–– Troubleshooting
–– Solution finding
–– Error elimination
–– Elimination of leakages
–– Replacement or repair of components
Description • Support with professional commissioning of Festo automa- • Preventive and corrective maintenance
tion solutions • Directly on your system
• Expert briefing of machine operators • For high machine availability and rapid assistance should
the worst happen
online: è www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services
After sales and technical support services
Type Repair service Technical support

Services • Inspection • Technical advice:
• Analysis of economic efficiency answering technical questions or solving technical problems
• Repair or replacement of faulty components or wearing –– Online support
parts –– Hotline support
• Leakage testing • Technical customer service:
• Functional testing Technical support on site
–– Remote support
–– On-site support
Description • Extended service life • Answering technical questions
• Reduced costs • Technical support on site
online: è www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services
20

Services
Energy Saving Services
Ne
Ne
w
w
Energy analysis of Compressed air quality
Type PreAudit compressed air generation analysis Pressure drop measurement
Services • Energy analysis – assess- • Measurement of compres- • Inspection of decentralised • Measurement of the pres-
ment sor operating times as well air preparation at point of sure in the compressor
• Compressed air quality as load/idle times usage room (input), in production
analysis • Power consumption meas- • Measurement of residual oil (draw off ) and storage of
• Pressure drop measurement urement content up to class 2 the results
• Compressed air consump- • Flow measurement/con- (ISO 8573-1:2010) • Recording of the pressure
tion analysis sumption measurement • Measurement of pressure drop using multiple pres-
• Leakage detection – quick • Pressure measurement (lev- dew point up to class 2 sure sensors with data log-
check el and band width) (ISO 8573-1:2010) gers
• Machine analysis for energy • Estimate of leakage volume • Analysis of measurement • Evaluation and comparison
efficiency – quick check • Comparison of energy con- results and recommenda- of the pressure profiles
sumption and compressed tion of improvement meas- • Controlled pressure reduc-
• Comprehensive report on
air volume supplied ures (if applicable) tion following evaluation
the analysis with weighted
• Documentation of all meas- • Demonstration of pressure
recommendations on what
urement results fluctuations in production
to do next
• 3 hours on-site service
(max. 3 measurements; ad-
ditional time on request)
New • New service • New service
Description • Implementation of the Festo • Energy Saving Service to • Energy Saving Service to • Energy Saving Service to
Energy Saving Services to DIN ISO 11011 DIN ISO 11011 DIN ISO 11011
DIN ISO 11011 • Determination of a clear • Assurance of optimum com- • Recording of the pressure
• Analysis of your com- consumption profile pressed air quality drop in the system
pressed air system by ex- • Information about the out- • Increased service life of • Energy savings of up to 8%
perts on site put reserves of the com- components by reducing the compressed
• Important advice and rec- pressed air system • Minimisation of unexpected air pressure
ommendations on the topic • Measurement during opera- production downtimes
of energy efficiency – imme- tion • Class 1 on request
diate identification of
worthwhile measures
online: è www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services
20

Services
Energy Saving Services
Ne
w
Type Compressed air consumption analysis Leakage detection and elimination Machine analysis for energy efficiency
Services • Installation and removal of the meas- • Detection of compressed air leakages • Identification and analysis of the pneu-
uring equipment with standard compo- using highly sensitive ultrasound de- matic applications of relevance to en-
nents (fittings, tubing, etc.) tectors during operation ergy consumption
• Measurement of flow rate, consump- • Checking of the complete compressed • Measurement of flow rate, consump-
tion and pressure with machine run- air system from the compressor to the tion and pressure of the relevant com-
ning and when idle pneumatic application pressed air applications
• Determination and analysis of different • Classification of the leakages accord- • Establish and recommend optimisation
characteristics ing to size and cost measures
–– Consumption per machine cycle • Documentation of faulty components • Estimation of the costs and savings, in-
–– Average consumption per minute as well as of the type and cause of the cluding the predicted amortisation
–– Average pressure fault time
–– Max./min. pressure • Leakage report containing: • Installation and removal of the meas-
–– Max./min. rate of air flow –– Recommended measures uring equipment with standard compo-
• Documentation of measurement re- –– Spare parts required nents (fittings, tubing, etc.)
sults including a graphic of the meas- –– Estimated repair time • Measurement of flow rate, consump-
urement results, optionally available –– Prioritisation of measures tion and pressure with machine run-
as a PDF or colour printout –– Assessment as to whether repair can ning and idle
• 3 hours on-site service (additional be carried out while the machine is
• Documentation of the measurement
time on request) in operation
results including graphical representa-
• Information on optimisation options
tion
• Documentation of measures carried
out
• Online access to all results and repair
data via the Energy Saving Assessment
Portal
New • New service
Description • Energy Saving Service to • Energy Saving Service to • Energy Saving Service to
DIN ISO 11011 DIN ISO 11011 DIN ISO 11011
• Determination of exact compressed air • Detection and repair of leakages in • Reviewing of systems with respect to
consumption production plants possible energy optimisation potential
• Optimal configuration of compressed • Immediate energy and operating cost • Documentation of the analysed com-
air supply savings pressed air applications
• No pressure drop due to undersupply
• No unnecessary energy costs due to
oversupply
online: è www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services www.festo.com/services
20

Argentina Chile France Ireland

Festo S.A. Festo S.A. Festo Eurl Festo Limited
Edison 2392 Av. Américo Vespucio 760 Rue du clos sainte Catherine 8 Unit 5 Sandyford Park
1640 Buenos Aires 9020000 Santiago de Chile 94360 Bry-sur-Marne Dublin
P +54 0810-444-3127 P +56 (2) 2690 2801 P +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 00 P +353 (0)1 295 49 55
ventas@ar.festo.com F +56 (2) 2690 2860 F +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 01 F +353 (0)1 295 56 80
info.chile@cl.festo.com info_fr@festo.com sales_ie@festo.com
Australia
Festo Pty. Ltd. China Germany Israel
Browns Road 179-187 Festo (China) Ltd. Festo Vertrieb GmbH & Co. KG Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd.
3174 Melbourne Yunqiao Road, 1156 Festo Campus 1 Ha‘atzma‘ut Road 48
P +61 397 9595-55 201206 Shanghai 73734 Esslingen 56100 Yehud
F +61 397 9597-87 P +86 21 60 81 51 00 P +49 711 347-1111 P +972 3 632-2266
info_au@festo.com F +86 21 58 54 03 00 F +49 0711 347-2244 F +972 3 632- 2277
info_cn@cn.festo.com info_de@festo.com info_il@festo.com
Austria
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H. Colombia Greece Italy
Linzer Straße 227 Festo S.A.S. Festo Ltd. Festo SpA
1140 Vienna Autopista Medellín Km 6,3 Tatoiou Ave. 92 Via Enrico Fermi 36/38
P +43 (0)1 910 75-0 Tenjo, Cundinamarca P.C. 14452 Metamorfosi 20090 Assago
F +43 (0)1 910 75-250 P +57 (1) 865 7788 P +30 210 341 29 00 P +39 02 45 78 81
automation@festo.at F +57 (1) 865 7729 F +30 210 341 29 05 F +39 02 488 06 20
mercadeo@co.festo.com info_gr@festo.com info_it@festo.com
Belarus
IUP Festo Croatia Hong Kong Japan
Masherov avenue 78 Festo d.o.o. Festo Ltd Festo K.K.
220035 Minsk Nova Cesta 181 Castle Peak Road 495 Hayabuchi 1-26-10
P +375 (0)17 204 85 58 10000 Zagreb Kowloon 224-0025 Yokohama
F +375 (0)17 204 85 59 P +385 1 619 1969 P +852 3904 20 91 P +81 (0)45 593 56 10 / -5611
info_by@festo.com F +385 1 619 1818 F +852 2745 91 43 F +81 (0)45 593 56 78
info_hr@festo.com info_hk@festo.com info_jp@festo.com
Belgium
Festo Belgium nv Czech Republic Hungary Jordan
Kolonel Bourgstraat 101 Festo, s.r.o. Festo Kft. Festo AG & Co. KG
1030 Brussels Modřanská 543/76 Csillaghegyi út 32-34 Zahar St. 13
P +32 (0)2 702 32 11 14700 Prague 1037 Budapest 11953 Amman
F +32 (0)2 702 32 09 P +420 261 09 96 11 P +36 1 436 51 11 P +962-6-5563646
info_be@festo.com F +420 241 77 33 84 F +36 1 436 51 01 F +962-6-5563736
info_cz@festo.com info_hu@festo.com info_mena@festo.com
Brazil
Festo Brasil Ltda Denmark India Korea South
Rua Guiseppe Crespi 76 Festo A/S Festo India Private Limited Festo Korea Co., Ltd.
04183-080 São Paulo Islevdalvej 180 Bommasandra Indl. Area 237B Gasan Digital 1-ro
P +55 (11) 5013-1600 2610 Rødovre 560 099 Bengaluru 153-803 Seoul
F +55 (11) 5013-1801 P +45 7021 1090 P +91 (0) 1800 425 0036 P +82 1666 0202
linhadireta@br.festo.com F +45 7021 1099 F +91 (0) 1800 121 0036 F +82 (0)2 864 7040
sales_dk@festo.com sales.in@festo.com sales_kr@kr.festo.com
Bulgaria
Festo EOOD Estonia Indonesia Latvia
Bul. Christophor Kolumb 9 Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal PT. Festo Festo SIA
1592 Sofia A.H. Tammsaare tee 118B Jl. Tekno V Blok A/1 Sektor XI Augusta Deglava 66
P +359 (0)2 960 07 12 12918 Tallinn 15314 Tangerang 1035 Riga
F +359 (0)2 960 07 13 P +372 666 1560 P +62 21 27507900 P +371 67 57 78 64
festo_bg@festo.com F +372 666 15 6 F +62 21 27507998 F +371 67 57 79 46
info_ee@festo.com info_id@festo.com info_lv@festo.com
Canada
Festo Inc. Finland Iran Lithuania
Explorer Drive 5300 Festo Oy Festo Pneumatic S.K. Festo, UAB
L4W 5G4 Mississauga Mäkituvantie 9 Special Karaj Road Partizanų 63M
P +1 (0) 905 614 4600 1511 Vantaa 1389793761 Teheran 50306 Kaunas
F +1 (0) 877 393 3786 P +358 (09) 87 06 51 P +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09 P +370 (8)7 32 13 14
info_ca@festo.com F +358 (09) 87 06 52 00 F +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08 F +370 (8)7 32 13 15
info_fi@festo.com Mailroom@festo.ir info_lt@festo.com
¥
Malaysia Poland Spain United States

Festo Sdn. Berhad Festo Sp. z o.o. Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U. Festo Corporation
Jalan Teknologi 14A ul. Mszczonowska 7 Avenida Granvia 159 Moreland Road 395
47810 Kota Damansara 5090 Raszyn 8908 Barcelona 11788 Hauppauge
P +60 (0)3 6144 1122 P +48 (0)22 711 41 00 P +34 901243660 P +1 800 993 3786
F +60 (0)3 6141 6122 F +48 (0)22 711 41 02 F +34 902243660 F +1 800 963 3786
info_my@festo.com info_pl@festo.com info_es@festo.com customer.service@us.festo.com
Mexico Portugal Sweden Venezuela

Festo Pneumatic, S.A. Festo – Automação, Unipessoal, Festo AB Festo C.A.
Av. Ceylán 3 Lda. Stillmansgatan 1 Av. 23 esquina con calle 71 22-62
54020 Tlalnepantla Rua Manuel Pinto De Azevedo 567 200 21 Malmö Maracaibo
P +52 01 800 337 8669 P-4109601 Porto P +46 (0)40 38 38 00 P +58 (261) 759 11 20 / 41 20
F +52 01 800 337 8639 P +351 22 615 6150 F +46 (0)40 38 3810 F +58 (261) 759 1417
festo.mexico@mx.festo.com F +351 22 615 6189 order_se@festo.com festo@ve.festo.com
info.pt@festo.com
Netherlands Switzerland Vietnam
Festo B.V. Romania Festo AG Festo Co Ltd
Schieweg 62 Festo S.R.L. Gass 10 Van Dai Dong Street 1515 – 1516
2627 AN Delft St. Constantin 17 5242 Lupfig Ho Chi Minh City
P +31 (0)15 251 88 99 10217 Bucharest P +41 44 744 5544 P +84 (8) 62 81 4453 4454
F +31 (0)15 251 88 67 P +40(0)21 403 95 00 F +41 44 744 5500 F +84 (8) 62 81 4442
sales@festo.nl F +40 (0)21 310 24 09 info.ch@festo.com info_vn@festo.com
info_ro@festo.com
New Zealand Taiwan
Festo Ltd. Russia Festo Co., Ltd.
Fisher Crescent 20 OOO Festo-RF Kung 8th Road 9
1062 Auckland Michurinskiy prosp. 49 24450 New Taipei City
P +64 (0)9 574 10 94 119607 Moscow P +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81
F +64 (0)9 574 10 99 P +7 495 737 34 00 F +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
info_nz@festo.com F +7 495 737 34 01 info_tw@tw.festo.com
info_ru@festo.com
Nigeria Thailand
Festo Automation Ltd. Singapore Festo Ltd.
Motorways Centre Festo Pte. Ltd. 1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34)
Lagos Kian Teck Way 6 1250
P +234 (0)1 794 78 20 628754 Singapore 10260 Bangkok
F +234 (0)1 270 87 55 P +65 62 64 01 52 P +66 2746-8700
sengpiel@ng-festo.com F +65 62 61 10 26 F +66 2746-8370
info@sg.festo.comxxxx info_th@festo.com
Norway
Festo AS Slovakia Turkey
Ole Deviks vei 2 Festo spol. s r.o. Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
666 Oslo Gavlovicová ul. 1 Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. 16
P +47 22 72 8950 83103 Bratislava 34953 Istanbul
F +47 22 72 8951 P +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10 P +90 (0)216 585 00 85
info_no@festo.com F +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11 F +90 (0)216 585 00 50
info_sk@festo.com info_tr@festo.com
Peru
Festo S.R.L. Slovenia Ukraine
Av. Elmer Faucett 3350 Festo d.o.o. DP Festo
1 Lima Blatnica 8 ul. Borisoglebskaya 11
P +51 (1) 219 69 60 1236 Ljubljana 4070 Kiev
F +51 (1) 219 69 71 P +386 1 530 2100 P +380 (0)44 233 6451
festo.peru@pe.festo.com F +386 1 530 2125 F +380 (0)44 463 7096
info_si@festo.com orders_ua@festo.com
Philippines
Festo Inc. South Africa United Kingdom
West Service Road KM 18 Festo (Pty) Ltd. Festo Limited
1700 Paranaque City Electron Avenue, Isando 22-26 Caswell Road .
P +63 (2) 77 66 888 1600 Johannesburg NN4 7PY Northampton
F +63 (2) 82 34 220/21 P +27 11 971-5500 P +44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00
info_ph@festo.com F +27 11 974-2157 F +44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
sales.interaction@za.festo.com info_gb@festo.com
¥
What must be taken into account when using Festo products?
The limit values specified in the When Festo products are used in You should contact Festo if one of
technical data and any specific safe- safety-oriented applications, all na- the following applies to your appli- All texts, representations, illustra-
ty instructions must be adhered to tional and local laws and regula- cation: tions and drawings included in this
by the user in order to ensure cor- tions, for example the Machinery Di- • The ambient conditions and con- catalogue are the intellectual prop-
rect functioning. rective, together with the relevant ditions of use or the operating erty of Festo AG & Co. KG, and are
references to standards, trade asso- medium differ from the specified protected by copyright law. No part
When using pneumatic components, ciation rules and the applicable in- technical data. of this publication may be repro-
ensure that they are operated using ternational regulations must be ob- • The product is to perform a safety duced or transmitted in any form or
correctly prepared compressed air served and complied with. function. by any means, electronic, mechani-
without aggressive media and that • A risk or safety analysis is re- cal, photocopying or otherwise,
they comply with environmental Unauthorised conversions or modi- quired. without the prior written permission
specifications (e. g. climate). fications to products and systems • You are unsure about the prod- of Festo AG & Co. KG. All technical
from Festo constitute a safety risk uct’s suitability for the planned data is subject to change according
and are thus not permitted. Festo application. to technical advances.
does not accept any liability for the • You are unsure about the prod-
resulting damages. uct’s suitability for use in safe-
ty-oriented applications.
All technical data is correct at the

time of going to print.
¥
Product overview 2017
Version 2017/01
All technical data is correct at the

time of going to print.
All texts, representations, illustra-

tions and drawings included in this
catalogue are the intellectual prop-
erty of Festo AG & Co. KG, and are
protected by copyright law. No part
of this publication may be repro-
duced or transmitted in any form or
by any means, electronic, mechani-
cal, photocopying or otherwise,
without the prior written permission
of Festo AG & Co. KG.
All technical data are subject to

change according to technical up-
dates.
Festo AG & Co. KG
Postfach 73726 Esslingen
Ruiter Strasse 82
73734 Esslingen Germany
.com.ar
.at
.com.au
.be
.bg
.com.br
.by
.ca
.ch
.cl
.cn
.co
.cz
.de
.dk
.ee
.es
.fi
.fr
.gr
.hk
.hr
.hu
.co.id
.ie
.co.il
.in
.ir
.it
.jp
.kr
.lt
.lv
.mx
Festo worldwide
www.festo.com
.com.my
Subject to change – 2017/01

.nl
.no
.co.nz
.pe
.ph
.pl
.pt
.ro
.ru
.se
.sg
.si
.sk
.co.th
.com.tr
.tw
.ua
.co.uk
.us
.co.ve
.vn
.co.za

ProductOverview 2017 EN Low

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ProductOverview 2017 EN Low

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product overview

The Festo product range – always available

Our Online Shop offers you advantages around the

• The online advantage: always up to date, more engineering tools,

• Optimum planning reliability – you have an overview of all delivery dates

• Easy editing – conveniently download order confirmations, delivery notes

Servo-pneumatic positioning systems 45 2

Motors and controllers 54 4

Valve terminals 101 9

Vision systems 121 11

Compressed air preparation 123 12

Pneumatic connection technology 141 13

Electrical connection technology 152 14

Control technology and software 164 15

Other pneumatic devices 170 16

Process automation 173 17

Ready-to-install solutions 181 18

Function-specific systems 185 19

Sales and service network – International

Whether you are looking for a technically sophisticated system solution

Why not take advantage of this?

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 3

We drive automation for your success.

Festo: a partner in dialogue, a partner for maximum productivity.

Take advantage of our expertise –

4  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 5

6  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 7

8  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 9

Fully integrated competitive edge

Process automation – for safety during operation

Tailored industry solutions

With the support of an experienced team of experts, Festo is a competent

Electric automation – optimised productivity in factory and process automation

Competency in intelligent automation

Mechatronic complete solutions

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 11

Are you already in the electronic product catalogue?

The electronic product catalogue offers additional productivity-boosting

=Quick ordering of selected basic designs

12  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01

From the product group to the product

Functions in the product configurator

Selecting product features in the product configurator

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 13

Selecting product features in the product finder

Engineering tools for appropriate products for your applications

Finding the appropriate accessories quickly

14  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01

Viewing CAD models

Exporting your basket …

Managing your basket

Online: The Support Portal

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 15

• Continuous availability – product information, documentation, prices, availability, ordering, etc.

You will find the Online Shop at

Further information on the Festo Online Shop

16  www.festo.com/catalogue/… Subject to change – 2017/01

In printed form Electronically

Everything can be found on our Support Portal at  www.festo.com/sp

2017/01 – Subject to change  www.festo.com/catalogue/… 17